| .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK |
| |
| ****************** |
| Variables Glossary |
| ****************** |
| |
| This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build |
| system and gives an overview of their function and contents. |
| |
| :term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>` |
| :term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>` |
| :term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>` |
| :term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>` |
| :term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P` |
| :term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T` |
| :term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>` |
| :term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>` |
| |
| .. glossary:: |
| |
| :term:`ABIEXTENSION` |
| Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU |
| canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi"). |
| |
| ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the |
| following extension: |
| :: |
| |
| ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" |
| |
| :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` |
| Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty. |
| By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default |
| behavior can cause issues when there is an |
| :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime |
| requirement on the existence of the package. |
| |
| Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in |
| conjunction with a package name override, as in: |
| :: |
| |
| ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1" |
| ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" |
| ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1" |
| |
| :term:`ALTERNATIVE` |
| Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming |
| scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. |
| When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the |
| alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the |
| commands can co-exist. |
| |
| To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist |
| as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package |
| has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you |
| identify them as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket" |
| |
| For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| section. |
| |
| :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` |
| Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual |
| locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the |
| ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must |
| use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual |
| location: |
| :: |
| |
| ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" |
| |
| In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``) |
| from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``. |
| |
| For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| section. |
| |
| :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY` |
| Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for |
| duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single |
| default regardless of the command name or package, a default for |
| specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default |
| for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the |
| available syntax forms: |
| :: |
| |
| ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" |
| ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" |
| ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority" |
| |
| For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| section. |
| |
| :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` |
| Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for |
| duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single |
| default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the |
| command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands |
| regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to |
| particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms: |
| :: |
| |
| ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" |
| ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" |
| ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value |
| from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable. |
| |
| If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the |
| same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``" |
| appended to it. |
| |
| Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the |
| alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename |
| alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` |
| task while retaining support for the command if necessary. |
| |
| For more information on the alternatives system, see the |
| ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" |
| section. |
| |
| :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` |
| When inheriting the |
| :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` |
| class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where |
| at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order |
| for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words, |
| if none of the features listed in ``ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`` |
| appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then |
| the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build |
| the recipe then an error will be triggered. |
| |
| |
| :term:`APPEND` |
| An override list of append strings for each target specified with |
| :term:`LABELS`. |
| |
| See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more |
| information on how this variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`AR` |
| The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``. |
| |
| :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE` |
| When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class, |
| determines the type of information used to create a released archive. |
| You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, |
| original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the |
| following variable flags (varflags): |
| :: |
| |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files. |
| ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files. |
| |
| For information on how the variable works, see the |
| ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| :term:`AS` |
| Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler. |
| |
| :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` |
| Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not |
| attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already |
| been built. |
| |
| In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native |
| tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which |
| when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used |
| rather than building ``git-native``. |
| |
| :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS` |
| Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which |
| adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the |
| system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. |
| |
| As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of |
| shlibname in packagename with the optional version: |
| :: |
| |
| shlibname:packagename[_version] |
| |
| Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` |
| as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package: |
| :: |
| |
| ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" |
| |
| :term:`AUTHOR` |
| The email address used to contact the original author or authors in |
| order to send patches and forward bugs. |
| |
| :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` |
| When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, |
| which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which |
| packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to |
| Debian library package naming. |
| |
| The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to |
| act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe. |
| |
| :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU` |
| Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You |
| must set this variable in your recipe. The |
| :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable. |
| |
| :term:`AUTOREV` |
| When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to |
| use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" |
| |
| If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of |
| software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains |
| ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you |
| have a kernel recipe that inherits the |
| :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous |
| statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get |
| into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe |
| so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``. |
| |
| For more information see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` |
| List of licenses found in the directories specified by |
| :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and |
| :term:`LICENSE_PATH`. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| It is assumed that all changes to ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` and |
| ``LICENSE_PATH`` have been done before ``AVAILABLE_LICENSES`` |
| is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`). |
| |
| :term:`AVAILTUNES` |
| The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) |
| tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build |
| system. |
| |
| The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes |
| may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with |
| each other in a |
| :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>` |
| configuration. |
| |
| To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the |
| "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the |
| "=" operator. See the |
| ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake |
| User Manual for more information. |
| |
| :term:`B` |
| The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in |
| which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a |
| recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the |
| :term:`S` directory, which is defined as: |
| :: |
| |
| S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" |
| |
| You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to |
| by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support |
| separating these directories. The build system defaults to using |
| separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes. |
| |
| :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` |
| Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only |
| packages are packages installed only through the |
| :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any |
| of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them |
| with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable: |
| :: |
| |
| BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." |
| |
| You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| override: |
| :: |
| |
| BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name" |
| |
| It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages |
| using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them |
| (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` |
| variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and |
| will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. |
| |
| Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM |
| packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB. |
| |
| See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the |
| :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`BASE_LIB` |
| The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary |
| Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib |
| context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information |
| on Multilib. |
| |
| The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in |
| the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not |
| being used, the value defaults to "lib". |
| |
| :term:`BASE_WORKDIR` |
| Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default |
| value is "${TMPDIR}/work". |
| |
| :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` |
| Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed |
| to use to obtain the required source code. Following are |
| considerations surrounding this variable: |
| |
| - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set |
| or set to "0". |
| |
| - Limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of |
| host names exists. For example, the following setting matches |
| ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``. |
| :: |
| |
| BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of |
| a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the |
| host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other |
| location of the name or combined with the front part of the |
| name. |
| |
| For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar`` |
| is not. |
| |
| - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug. |
| |
| - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure. |
| |
| Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with |
| :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host |
| you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being |
| fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a |
| host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI` |
| statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the |
| host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the |
| ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs. |
| |
| :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY` |
| Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file |
| (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This |
| condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core`` |
| bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the |
| other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe |
| yet). |
| |
| The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction |
| given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your |
| changes are no longer being applied. |
| |
| You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", |
| "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the |
| :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" |
| |
| :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` |
| Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows |
| you to control the build based on these parameters. |
| |
| Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring, |
| add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file |
| found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the |
| following form: |
| |
| .. code-block:: none |
| |
| BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]" |
| |
| where: |
| |
| action is: |
| ABORT: Immediately abort the build when |
| a threshold is broken. |
| STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently |
| executing tasks have finished when |
| a threshold is broken. |
| WARN: Issue a warning but continue the |
| build when a threshold is broken. |
| Subsequent warnings are issued as |
| defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL |
| variable, which must be defined in |
| the conf/local.conf file. |
| |
| dir is: |
| Any directory you choose. You can specify one or |
| more directories to monitor by separating the |
| groupings with a space. If two directories are |
| on the same device, only the first directory |
| is monitored. |
| |
| threshold is: |
| Either the minimum available disk space, |
| the minimum number of free inodes, or |
| both. You must specify at least one. To |
| omit one or the other, simply omit the value. |
| Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, |
| Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do |
| not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by |
| default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. |
| |
| Here are some examples: |
| :: |
| |
| BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" |
| BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" |
| BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" |
| |
| The first example works only if you also provide the |
| :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` |
| variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build |
| system to immediately abort when either the disk space in |
| ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops |
| below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the |
| variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space |
| in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number |
| of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued |
| during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` |
| variable. |
| |
| The second example stops the build after all currently executing |
| tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}`` |
| directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free |
| inodes in this case. |
| |
| The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of |
| free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No |
| disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case. |
| |
| :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` |
| Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these |
| intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in |
| the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| |
| If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you |
| must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` |
| variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build, |
| subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free |
| inodes further reduces by the respective interval. |
| |
| If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you |
| do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk |
| monitoring interval defaults to the following: |
| :: |
| |
| BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" |
| |
| When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the |
| following form: |
| |
| .. code-block:: none |
| |
| BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval" |
| |
| where: |
| |
| disk_space_interval is: |
| An interval of memory expressed in either |
| G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, |
| respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. |
| |
| disk_inode_interval is: |
| An interval of free inodes expressed in either |
| G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, |
| respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. |
| |
| Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" |
| BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" |
| |
| These variables cause the |
| OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the |
| available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of |
| free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` |
| directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time |
| a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1 |
| Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). |
| |
| :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` |
| Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git |
| repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the |
| :term:`DL_DIR` directory. |
| |
| For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these |
| repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build |
| system. |
| :: |
| |
| BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" |
| |
| Set this variable in your |
| ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| |
| Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can |
| clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other |
| source control work directories. |
| |
| :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` |
| The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one |
| time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this |
| variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For |
| example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses |
| hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default |
| to "4". |
| |
| For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to |
| override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. |
| However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical |
| CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable |
| is not set higher than "20". |
| |
| For more information on speeding up builds, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` |
| Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake |
| server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how |
| long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. |
| |
| For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file |
| instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity: |
| :: |
| |
| BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" |
| |
| If you want the server to never be unloaded, |
| set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1". |
| |
| :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` |
| Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the |
| software. Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like |
| ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build |
| system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to |
| run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target |
| :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK |
| machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form |
| "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". |
| |
| To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of |
| code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" |
| BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe |
| variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such |
| as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of |
| a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten |
| to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native". |
| |
| Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once. |
| Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not |
| possible to include a different file depending on the variant, |
| since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is |
| parsed. |
| |
| :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` |
| Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find |
| the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append |
| its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file. |
| |
| :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN` |
| Variable that expands to match files from |
| :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable |
| is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the |
| name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``). |
| |
| :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` |
| Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. |
| |
| This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears |
| in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to |
| prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe |
| - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple |
| layers. The precedence established through this variable stands |
| regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For |
| example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for |
| which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still |
| has a lower precedence. |
| |
| A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a |
| higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence |
| than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable |
| is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable |
| for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a |
| layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1 |
| if no priorities are defined). |
| |
| .. tip:: |
| |
| You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers`` |
| to list all configured layers along with their priorities. |
| |
| :term:`BBFILES` |
| A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build |
| software. |
| |
| When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's |
| `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax. |
| For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the |
| previous link. |
| |
| :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` |
| Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify |
| the layers by the collections that the layers define. |
| |
| Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files |
| whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to |
| modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to |
| introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. |
| |
| Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``: |
| collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two |
| collection names and two filename patterns: |
| :: |
| |
| BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ |
| clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ |
| core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ |
| " |
| |
| This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid |
| entries are found, which cause parsing to abort: |
| |
| .. code-block:: none |
| |
| ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: |
| /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend |
| /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend |
| |
| :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` |
| Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure. |
| |
| :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES` |
| If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the |
| maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when |
| reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``, |
| the entire log is printed. |
| |
| :term:`BBLAYERS` |
| Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined |
| in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| BBLAYERS = " \ |
| /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ |
| /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \ |
| /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ |
| /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ |
| " |
| |
| This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, |
| user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``. |
| |
| :term:`BBMASK` |
| Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files. |
| |
| You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and |
| ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append |
| files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not |
| see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or |
| otherwise used by BitBake. |
| |
| The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression |
| compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular |
| Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full |
| paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's |
| documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax. |
| |
| The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell |
| BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the |
| ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory: |
| :: |
| |
| BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" |
| |
| If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can |
| specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example |
| masks out multiple directories and individual recipes: :: |
| |
| BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" |
| BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" |
| BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" |
| BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" |
| BBMASK += "lzma" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character |
| to ensure you match just that directory name. |
| |
| :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` |
| Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are |
| building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in |
| your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a |
| multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For |
| example, the following line specifies three configuration files: |
| :: |
| |
| BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" |
| |
| Each configuration file you |
| use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory` |
| ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g. |
| build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``). |
| |
| For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment |
| that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`BBPATH` |
| Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This |
| variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the |
| Build Directory |
| , you must be sure to set |
| BBPATH |
| to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any |
| environment variable and then run BitBake: |
| :: |
| |
| $ BBPATH = "build_directory" |
| $ export BBPATH |
| $ bitbake target |
| |
| |
| :term:`BBSERVER` |
| If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the |
| BitBake remote server. |
| |
| Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake |
| environment: |
| :: |
| |
| export BBSERVER=localhost:$port |
| |
| By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in |
| :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`. |
| Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency |
| data. |
| |
| :term:`BINCONFIG` |
| When inheriting the |
| :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class, |
| this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in |
| favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The |
| ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to |
| return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and |
| replaced. |
| |
| To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example |
| from the ``libpng`` recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" |
| |
| :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, |
| this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that |
| need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have |
| been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when |
| installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other |
| recipes. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``BINCONFIG_GLOB`` variable uses |
| `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__, |
| which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern |
| matching. Shell globbing is very similar to |
| `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__ |
| and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__. |
| |
| For more information on how this variable works, see |
| ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| You can also find general |
| information on the class in the |
| ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section. |
| |
| :term:`BP` |
| The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name |
| suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is |
| comprised of the following: |
| :: |
| |
| ${BPN}-${PV} |
| |
| :term:`BPN` |
| This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with |
| common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``, |
| ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``. |
| The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the |
| :term:`MLPREFIX` and |
| :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables, |
| respectively. |
| |
| :term:`BUGTRACKER` |
| Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe. |
| The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the |
| variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being |
| built needs to be manually reported. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_ARCH` |
| Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The |
| OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the |
| machine name reported by the ``uname`` command. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` |
| Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build |
| host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` |
| Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build |
| host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_CCLD` |
| Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C |
| compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD`` |
| points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of |
| :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming |
| ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the |
| build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, |
| :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by |
| default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C |
| and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When |
| building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` |
| is set to the value of this variable by default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the |
| build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, |
| :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| by default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_FC` |
| Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By |
| default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the |
| value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming |
| ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_LD` |
| Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default, |
| ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments |
| the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming |
| ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` |
| Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By |
| default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build |
| host. When building in the ``-native`` context, |
| :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| by default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` |
| Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when |
| building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through |
| the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and |
| :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values. |
| |
| The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2 |
| -pipe". |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_OS` |
| Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g. |
| "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of |
| ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the |
| first word, converted to lower-case characters. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` |
| The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded |
| build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the |
| :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for |
| ``native`` recipes. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_STRIP` |
| Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from |
| binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP`` |
| points to |
| ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_SYS` |
| Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building |
| ``native`` recipes). |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`, |
| :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and |
| :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the |
| ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself. |
| |
| :term:`BUILD_VENDOR` |
| Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host. |
| The default value is an empty string (""). |
| |
| :term:`BUILDDIR` |
| Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| You can define this directory indirectly through the |
| :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build |
| Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do |
| not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to |
| ``build`` in the current directory. |
| |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build |
| history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local |
| repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory`` |
| class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each |
| top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages, |
| and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time, |
| you should set this value to "1". |
| |
| By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build |
| history output in a local Git repository: |
| :: |
| |
| BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" |
| |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit. |
| In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must |
| be set to "1". |
| |
| Git requires that the value you provide for the |
| ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name |
| email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid |
| does not produce an error. |
| |
| By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" |
| |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history |
| information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, |
| see the ``buildhistory.class``. |
| |
| By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" |
| |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| class, this variable specifies the build history features to be |
| enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list: |
| |
| - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the |
| list of installed packages among other things. |
| |
| - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages. |
| |
| - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit |
| (SDK). |
| |
| - *task:* Save output file signatures for |
| :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>` |
| (sstate) tasks. |
| This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for |
| each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). |
| |
| By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following |
| features: |
| :: |
| |
| BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" |
| |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from |
| the image contents into the build history directory under an |
| "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you |
| can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy |
| ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for |
| changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include |
| any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error. |
| Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. |
| |
| By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the |
| following files: |
| :: |
| |
| BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" |
| |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` |
| class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to |
| which build history pushes Git changes. In order for |
| ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work, |
| :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to |
| "1". |
| |
| The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a |
| repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name |
| that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local |
| repository. |
| |
| By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" |
| |
| :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the |
| SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, |
| :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by |
| default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the |
| C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in |
| the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set |
| to the value of this variable by default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the |
| SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, |
| :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| by default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK. |
| When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, |
| :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| by default. |
| |
| :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` |
| Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics |
| when you use and enable the |
| :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The |
| ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to |
| ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``. |
| |
| :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` |
| For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output |
| executable file into two parts: one for features that require |
| ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that |
| do not require ``setuid root``). |
| |
| The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in |
| splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get |
| a single output executable file. |
| |
| :term:`CACHE` |
| Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the |
| :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time |
| BitBake is started. |
| |
| :term:`CC` |
| The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler. |
| |
| :term:`CFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is |
| exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the |
| software being built during the compilation step. |
| |
| Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| being built: |
| |
| - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the |
| target |
| |
| - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the |
| build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| |
| - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for |
| an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| |
| :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` |
| An internal variable specifying the special class override that |
| should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so |
| forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g. |
| :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`, |
| :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the |
| variable to appropriate values. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` gets its default "class-target" value from the |
| ``bitbake.conf`` file. |
| |
| As an example, the following override allows you to install extra |
| files, but only when building for the target: |
| :: |
| |
| do_install_append_class-target() { |
| install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} |
| } |
| |
| Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to |
| "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not |
| building for the build host: |
| :: |
| |
| FOO_class-native = "native" |
| FOO = "other" |
| |
| The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply |
| that it is included in the default value of |
| :term:`OVERRIDES`. |
| |
| :term:`CLEANBROKEN` |
| If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the |
| ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built. |
| Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run |
| ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` |
| task, which is the default behavior. |
| |
| :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES` |
| Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both |
| :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of |
| features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at |
| the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the |
| "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be |
| optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports |
| Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it. |
| |
| :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` |
| Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the |
| :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license |
| files reside. |
| |
| :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` |
| A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the |
| recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is |
| non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression |
| is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the |
| variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with |
| which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is |
| particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase |
| parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not |
| compatible with the current system. |
| |
| :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` |
| A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines |
| with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched |
| against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use |
| the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which |
| the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly |
| useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing |
| speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible |
| with the current machine. |
| |
| :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` |
| Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary |
| packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in |
| an image. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching |
| (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__), |
| which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion |
| (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__). |
| |
| The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an |
| item that can be added to |
| :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of |
| this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` |
| will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development |
| files) for every package in the image. |
| |
| To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag |
| to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the |
| wildcard. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' |
| |
| :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` |
| Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build |
| system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific |
| sysroots for other recipes. |
| |
| The default is |
| "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``." |
| (i.e. |
| "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``"). |
| |
| :term:`CONF_VERSION` |
| Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e. |
| ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time |
| ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes. |
| |
| :term:`CONFFILES` |
| Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package. |
| If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update |
| packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration |
| files you have changed after the original installation and that you |
| now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words, |
| editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset |
| as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES`` |
| variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent |
| the PMS from overwriting during this update process. |
| |
| To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override |
| that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a |
| space-separated list of files. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ |
| ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" |
| |
| A relationship exists between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES`` |
| variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of |
| the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files |
| you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that |
| the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must |
| already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES`` |
| variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| When specifying paths as part of the ``CONFFILES`` variable, it is |
| good practice to use appropriate path variables. |
| For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}`` |
| rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at |
| the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the |
| :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` |
| Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The |
| OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig |
| variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set |
| to null (""). |
| |
| The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive |
| with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and |
| files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain |
| a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories |
| should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs |
| image. Files should contain entries according to the format described |
| by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree. |
| |
| If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image |
| will be the aggregate of all of them. |
| |
| For information on creating an initramfs, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`CONFIG_SITE` |
| A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to |
| the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities |
| when running ``configure``. |
| |
| :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS` |
| The minimal arguments for GNU configure. |
| |
| :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` |
| When inheriting the |
| :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` |
| class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be |
| in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the |
| ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also |
| appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then |
| the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build |
| the recipe then an error will be triggered. |
| |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` |
| A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source |
| archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In |
| other words, if a license in a recipe's |
| :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of |
| ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the |
| class. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` variable takes precedence over the |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable. |
| |
| The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for |
| ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the |
| :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` |
| A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived |
| by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other |
| words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE` |
| value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its |
| source is archived by the class. |
| |
| The default value is set by the |
| :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes |
| "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*". |
| |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` |
| A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the |
| :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The |
| ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and |
| exclusion caused through the |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` |
| variables, respectively. |
| |
| The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude |
| any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the |
| :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` |
| A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the |
| :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The |
| ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and |
| exclusion caused through the |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` |
| variables, respectively. |
| |
| The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include |
| any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the |
| :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which |
| is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| |
| :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` |
| A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source |
| archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. |
| Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``, |
| ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``. |
| |
| The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`` |
| is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` |
| class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. |
| |
| :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` |
| If set to "1" along with the |
| :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the |
| OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files, |
| which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each |
| package. The license files are placed in directories within the image |
| itself during build time. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``COPY_LIC_DIRS`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for |
| newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for |
| read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the |
| :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. |
| You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for |
| information on providing license text. |
| |
| :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` |
| If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license |
| manifest for the image to |
| ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image |
| itself during build time. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for |
| newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for |
| read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the |
| :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. |
| You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for |
| information on providing license text. |
| |
| :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL` |
| Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should |
| only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found |
| in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| |
| This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer |
| supported. |
| |
| :term:`COREBASE` |
| Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata |
| layer (i.e. ``meta``). |
| |
| It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent |
| of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you |
| have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name |
| for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE`` |
| points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of |
| the ``poky/meta`` layer. |
| |
| :term:`COREBASE_FILES` |
| Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that |
| should be copied other than the layers listed in the |
| ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable exists for |
| the purpose of copying metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system |
| into the extensible SDK. |
| |
| Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it |
| typically contains build directories and other files that should not |
| normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value |
| of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that |
| are actually needed. |
| |
| :term:`CPP` |
| The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor. |
| |
| :term:`CPPFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the |
| C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment |
| variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the |
| compilation step. |
| |
| Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| being built: |
| |
| - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for |
| the target |
| |
| - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the |
| build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| |
| - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building |
| for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| |
| :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` |
| The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The |
| ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the |
| :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system sets the ``CROSS_COMPILE`` |
| variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel |
| and kernel module recipes). |
| |
| :term:`CVSDIR` |
| The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are |
| stored. |
| |
| :term:`CXX` |
| The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler. |
| |
| :term:`CXXFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is |
| exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the |
| software being built during the compilation step. |
| |
| Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| being built: |
| |
| - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for |
| the target |
| |
| - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the |
| build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| |
| - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building |
| for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| |
| :term:`D` |
| The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` |
| where components are installed by the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults |
| to: |
| :: |
| |
| ${WORKDIR}/image |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under |
| :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`. |
| |
| :term:`DATE` |
| The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month, |
| and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015). |
| |
| :term:`DATETIME` |
| The date and time on which the current build started. The format is |
| suitable for timestamps. |
| |
| :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` |
| When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, |
| which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a |
| particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library |
| package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you |
| set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1" |
| |
| :term:`DEBIANNAME` |
| When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, |
| which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override |
| the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library |
| name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an |
| override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the |
| ``dbus`` recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1" |
| |
| :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` |
| Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This |
| influences the value of the ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable. |
| |
| :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` |
| The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when |
| compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O |
| -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe". |
| |
| :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` |
| Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. |
| |
| The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within |
| a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the |
| variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build |
| by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to |
| build the development version. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The bias provided by ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` is weak and is overridden |
| by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two |
| layers that contain different versions of the same recipe. |
| |
| :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` |
| The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. |
| the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The |
| ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define |
| :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. |
| |
| The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the |
| machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override |
| the setting using available tunes as defined with |
| :term:`AVAILTUNES`. |
| |
| :term:`DEPENDS` |
| Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on |
| other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are |
| needed by the recipe at build time. |
| |
| As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following |
| assignment: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPENDS = "bar" |
| |
| The practical effect of the previous |
| assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in |
| the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs. |
| This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on |
| the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of |
| each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a |
| ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]`` |
| declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` |
| explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are |
| configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots. |
| |
| As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities |
| that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe |
| that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` |
| might have the following: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPENDS = "codegen-native" |
| |
| For more |
| information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and |
| the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise, |
| it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which |
| usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as |
| "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo" |
| instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make |
| up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the |
| sysroot. |
| |
| - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by |
| itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages |
| produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, |
| runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning |
| ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes. |
| |
| - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for |
| recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if |
| ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against |
| ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both |
| ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot. |
| Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo`` |
| to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might |
| fail to link against ``libfoo``. |
| |
| For information on runtime dependencies, see the |
| :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the |
| ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and |
| ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the |
| BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and |
| dependencies. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` |
| Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to |
| place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready |
| to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory |
| resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as |
| ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``. |
| |
| For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see |
| ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. |
| For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`", |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the |
| Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` |
| Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build |
| system. This variable applies only when |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| "package_deb". |
| |
| The BitBake configuration file initially defines the |
| ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" |
| |
| The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the |
| ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task |
| writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more |
| information on how packaging works, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` |
| Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| images and other associated output files that are ready to be |
| deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific |
| as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory |
| resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as |
| ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``. |
| |
| For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see |
| ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. |
| For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in |
| the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` |
| Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. |
| This variable applies only when |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| "package_ipk". |
| |
| The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" |
| |
| The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the |
| ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task |
| writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information |
| on how packaging works, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` |
| Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. |
| This variable applies only when |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| "package_rpm". |
| |
| The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" |
| |
| The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the |
| ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task |
| writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information |
| on how packaging works, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` |
| Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place |
| tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This |
| variable applies only when |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains |
| "package_tar". |
| |
| The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a |
| sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" |
| |
| The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the |
| ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task |
| writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information |
| on how packaging works, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`DEPLOYDIR` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the |
| ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that |
| is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" |
| |
| Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be |
| deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying |
| them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` |
| afterwards. |
| |
| :term:`DESCRIPTION` |
| The package description used by package managers. If not set, |
| ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO` |
| The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name |
| of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` |
| variable. |
| |
| The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration |
| file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose |
| filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution |
| configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf`` |
| and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the |
| :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| DISTRO = "poky" |
| |
| Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` |
| directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the |
| distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain |
| spaces, and is typically all lower-case. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If the ``DISTRO`` variable is blank, a set of default configurations |
| are used, which are specified within |
| ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME` |
| Specifies a codename for the distribution being built. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
| Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. |
| This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the |
| variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that |
| include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep |
| distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro |
| variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` |
| Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if |
| the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. |
| kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but |
| you can remove them. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` |
| The software support you want in your distribution for various |
| features. You define your distribution features in the distribution |
| configuration file. |
| |
| In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in |
| ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied |
| to the configure script during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that |
| optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in |
| ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the |
| target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support |
| enabled. |
| |
| Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete |
| list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can |
| provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` |
| Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in |
| ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``. |
| |
| This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is |
| not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference |
| the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for |
| all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section |
| for more information. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` |
| Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be |
| backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See |
| the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` |
| A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro |
| features with the exception of any features specific to the C library |
| (``libc``). |
| |
| When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be |
| able to reuse the default |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the |
| need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses |
| ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file: |
| :: |
| |
| DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` |
| Specifies a list of features that if present in the target |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be |
| included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This |
| variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` |
| Specifies a list of features that if present in the target |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be |
| included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This |
| variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` |
| Specifies a list of features that should be included in |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native |
| recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered |
| using the |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` |
| Specifies a list of features that should be included in |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building |
| nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features |
| filtered using the |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_NAME` |
| The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name |
| of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable. |
| |
| The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution |
| configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's |
| argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the |
| distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named |
| ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory |
| of the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set |
| as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" |
| |
| Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` |
| directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the |
| distribution configuration. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is blank, a set of default |
| configurations are used, which are specified within |
| ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. |
| |
| :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` |
| The version of the distribution. |
| |
| :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` |
| A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current |
| distribution. By default, this list includes the value of |
| :term:`DISTRO`. |
| |
| You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should |
| apply to the distribution. |
| |
| The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it |
| is included in the default value of |
| :term:`OVERRIDES`. |
| |
| :term:`DL_DIR` |
| The central download directory used by the build process to store |
| downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring |
| for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git |
| repositories, use the |
| :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` |
| variable. |
| |
| You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the |
| ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you |
| should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is |
| ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| :: |
| |
| #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads" |
| |
| To specify a different download directory, |
| simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory. |
| |
| During a first build, the system downloads many different source code |
| tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a |
| while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are |
| all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build |
| system looks there first to find source tarballs. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to |
| speed up this part of subsequent builds. |
| |
| You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the |
| same development machine. For additional information on how the build |
| process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy |
| server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`" |
| chapter. You can also refer to the |
| ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`" |
| Wiki page. |
| |
| :term:`DOC_COMPRESS` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>` |
| class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the |
| OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By |
| default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies |
| available are xz and bz2. |
| |
| For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the |
| comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file. |
| |
| :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` |
| When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or |
| ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the |
| ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The |
| default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead. |
| |
| See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and |
| :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION` |
| Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated |
| during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or |
| less). |
| |
| :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` |
| When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>` |
| class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by |
| the :ref:`error reporting |
| tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which |
| allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central |
| database. By default, the value of this variable is |
| ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``. |
| |
| You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error |
| reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your |
| ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" |
| |
| :term:`ERROR_QA` |
| Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as |
| errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in |
| your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you |
| can control with this variable, see the |
| ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section. |
| |
| :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` |
| Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to |
| exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from |
| the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared |
| libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between |
| packages. |
| |
| The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the |
| :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a |
| package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. |
| |
| Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a |
| particular package: |
| :: |
| |
| EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" |
| |
| :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` |
| Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. |
| ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and |
| builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the |
| ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file. |
| |
| To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the |
| variable to "1" in the recipe. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Recipes added to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` may still be built during a |
| world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding |
| a recipe to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` only ensures that the recipe is not |
| explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build. |
| |
| :term:`EXTENDPE` |
| Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's |
| version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE`` |
| is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that |
| value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1"). |
| If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero, |
| ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "". |
| |
| See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. |
| |
| :term:`EXTENDPKGV` |
| The full package version specification as it appears on the final |
| packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used |
| to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another |
| package in the same recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" |
| |
| The dependency relationships are intended to force the package |
| manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step. |
| |
| :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` |
| When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these |
| tools are not in the source tree. |
| |
| When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over |
| any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` |
| variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed |
| external tools. See the |
| :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in |
| ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`EXTERNALSRC` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` |
| class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of |
| the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the |
| :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build |
| system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code. |
| |
| For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the |
| ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You |
| can also find information on how to use this variable in the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` |
| class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's |
| source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build |
| system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable, |
| which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build |
| Directory. |
| |
| For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the |
| ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You |
| can also find information on how to use this variable in the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` |
| For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` |
| class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to |
| pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. |
| |
| The default value is "--exclude=autopoint". |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` |
| A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing |
| more than one feature, separate them with a space. |
| |
| Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file, |
| which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best |
| practices dictate that you do not. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the |
| :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. |
| |
| Here are some examples of features you can add: |
| |
| - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including |
| symbol information for debugging and profiling. |
| |
| - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and |
| enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and |
| 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" |
| section for more information. |
| - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is |
| useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image. |
| - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is |
| read-only. See the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more |
| information |
| - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace. |
| - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make, |
| pkgconfig and so forth. |
| - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools |
| such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth. |
| |
| For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto |
| Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. |
| |
| For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this |
| variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD` |
| Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has |
| been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting |
| this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is |
| an example: |
| :: |
| |
| EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096" |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` |
| A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for |
| installing into the root filesystem. |
| |
| Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not |
| needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`` |
| variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A |
| typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various |
| \*:term:`RDEPENDS` and \*:term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` |
| A list of subdirectories of |
| ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}`` |
| added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an |
| example, the following prepends |
| "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to |
| ``PATH``: |
| :: |
| |
| EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` |
| Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the |
| :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` |
| Additional ``configure`` script options. See |
| :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for |
| additional information on passing configure script options. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` |
| Additional GNU ``make`` options. |
| |
| Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the |
| variable to specify any required GNU options. |
| |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of |
| ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this |
| variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass |
| to the ``scons`` command line. |
| |
| :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>` |
| class, this variable provides image level user and group operations. |
| This is a more global method of providing user and group |
| configuration as compared to using the |
| :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and |
| group configurations to a specific recipe. |
| |
| The set list of commands you can configure using the |
| ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These |
| commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names: |
| :: |
| |
| # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ |
| # useradd -p '' tester; \ |
| # groupadd developers; \ |
| # userdel nobody; \ |
| # groupdel -g video; \ |
| # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ |
| # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ |
| # " |
| |
| :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` |
| Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific |
| item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. |
| When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of |
| the feature item as an override. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" |
| |
| In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``, |
| package1 and package2 would be included in the image. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Packages installed by features defined through ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` |
| are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not |
| confuse the ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` variable with package groups, which |
| are discussed elsewhere in the documentation. |
| |
| :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI` |
| Points to the base URL of the server and location within the |
| document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by |
| OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set |
| this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| |
| Consider the following example: |
| :: |
| |
| FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" |
| |
| This example assumes you are serving |
| your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory |
| named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's |
| document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates |
| a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with |
| the feed. |
| |
| :term:`FILES` |
| The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The |
| :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages |
| generated by a recipe. |
| |
| To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that |
| identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated |
| list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as |
| part of the resulting package. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using |
| Python's |
| `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ |
| syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by |
| following the previous link. |
| |
| - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is |
| good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example, |
| use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}`` |
| rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these |
| variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in |
| the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also |
| find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in |
| this file. |
| |
| If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are |
| editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the |
| package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you |
| can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See |
| the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on |
| how to identify these files to the PMS. |
| |
| :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` |
| Defines the file specification to match |
| :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words, |
| ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development |
| symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. |
| |
| The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is |
| set: |
| :: |
| |
| FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" |
| |
| :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` |
| Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when |
| looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append |
| files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes |
| are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH` |
| variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using |
| ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``. |
| |
| Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using |
| ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you |
| prepend paths as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" |
| |
| In the above example, the build system first |
| looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the |
| corresponding append file. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate |
| expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that |
| BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the |
| directive is encountered rather than at some later time when |
| expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the |
| files you need. |
| |
| Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are |
| prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you |
| are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories |
| to the search path. |
| |
| Here is another common use: |
| :: |
| |
| FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" |
| |
| In this example, the build system extends the |
| ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is |
| in the same directory as the corresponding append file. |
| |
| This next example specifically adds three paths: |
| :: |
| |
| FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" |
| |
| A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include |
| a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful |
| in a BSP layer: |
| :: |
| |
| FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" |
| |
| The previous statement appears in the |
| ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the |
| :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in |
| ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine |
| override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` |
| definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be |
| the value of ``MACHINE``. |
| |
| By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append |
| files that reside in different layers but are used for the same |
| recipe to correctly extend the path. |
| |
| :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` |
| A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system for creating |
| :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable |
| uses overrides to automatically extend the |
| :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how |
| that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable |
| description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides |
| are handled in the |
| ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" |
| section of the BitBake User Manual. |
| |
| By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as: |
| :: |
| |
| FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Do not hand-edit the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable. The values match up |
| with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the |
| build system. |
| |
| :term:`FILESPATH` |
| The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses |
| when searching for patches and files. |
| |
| During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in |
| ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and |
| patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's |
| :term:`SRC_URI` statements. |
| |
| The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the |
| ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the |
| :term:`Source Directory`: |
| :: |
| |
| FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ |
| "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" |
| |
| The |
| ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides |
| from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the |
| build system to look in directories other than the defaults, |
| extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the |
| :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. |
| |
| - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map |
| to directories in custom layers where append files |
| (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find |
| patches or files that reside with your append files, you need |
| to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the |
| ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable. |
| |
| You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For |
| example, consider a case where the following directory structure |
| exists for general and machine-specific configurations: |
| :: |
| |
| files/defconfig |
| files/MACHINEA/defconfig |
| files/MACHINEB/defconfig |
| |
| Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains |
| "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set |
| :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build |
| system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to |
| "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``. |
| Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the |
| build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``. |
| |
| You can find out more about the patching process in the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in |
| the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well. |
| |
| :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` |
| Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part |
| of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose |
| you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups |
| and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the |
| packages themselves but this is not always possible. |
| |
| By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``, |
| which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| If you create your own file |
| permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the |
| distro's layer. |
| |
| You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the |
| ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`, |
| to point to your custom |
| ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions |
| setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined |
| within the :term:`BBPATH` variable. |
| |
| For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings |
| table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``. |
| |
| :term:`FIT_DESC` |
| Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default |
| value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` |
| class as follows:: |
| |
| FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}" |
| |
| :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS` |
| Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they |
| don't already exist. The keys are created in ``UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR``. |
| The default value is 0. |
| |
| :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG` |
| Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256. |
| |
| :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS` |
| Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing |
| fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to |
| use. |
| |
| :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS` |
| Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage. |
| The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode |
| and new for generating new keys. |
| |
| :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS` |
| Format for public key ceritifcate used in signing fitImage. |
| The default value is "x509". |
| |
| :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG` |
| Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. |
| For e.g. rsa2048. |
| |
| :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS` |
| Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default |
| value is "2048". |
| |
| :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL` |
| If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` |
| class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition |
| to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are |
| intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via |
| U-Boot. |
| |
| :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, |
| this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages. |
| By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils". |
| |
| :term:`FONT_PACKAGES` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, |
| this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to |
| be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes |
| that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e. |
| ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you |
| need are in a package other than that main package. |
| |
| :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE` |
| Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED`` |
| during the generation of the root filesystem. |
| |
| Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages. |
| |
| :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` |
| The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when |
| compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe |
| ${DEBUG_FLAGS}". |
| |
| :term:`GCCPIE` |
| Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C |
| Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented |
| Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. |
| |
| By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the |
| variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" |
| |
| :term:`GCCVERSION` |
| Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for |
| compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the |
| ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file: |
| :: |
| |
| GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" |
| |
| You can override this value by setting it in a |
| configuration file such as the ``local.conf``. |
| |
| :term:`GDB` |
| The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger. |
| |
| :term:`GITDIR` |
| The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored |
| when it is cloned. |
| |
| :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` |
| Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish |
| to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set |
| :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately. |
| |
| You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| By default, all locales are generated. |
| :: |
| |
| GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8" |
| |
| :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be |
| passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the |
| system when the package is installed. |
| |
| Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev" |
| |
| For information on the standard Linux shell command |
| ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd. |
| |
| :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be |
| passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members |
| of a group when the package is installed. |
| |
| For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``, |
| see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems. |
| |
| :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL` |
| Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics |
| and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your |
| ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics |
| and serial in the menu. |
| |
| See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more |
| information on how this variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`GRUB_OPTS` |
| Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) |
| configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate |
| multiple options. |
| |
| The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the |
| :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information |
| on how this variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` |
| Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the |
| GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB). |
| |
| The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the |
| :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information |
| on how this variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES` |
| When inheriting the |
| :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class, |
| this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input |
| method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other |
| than the main package. |
| |
| :term:`HOMEPAGE` |
| Website where more information about the software the recipe is |
| building can be found. |
| |
| :term:`HOST_ARCH` |
| The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as |
| :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system |
| supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures |
| supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is |
| configurable: |
| |
| - arm |
| - i586 |
| - x86_64 |
| - powerpc |
| - powerpc64 |
| - mips |
| - mipsel |
| |
| :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` |
| Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the |
| C compiler. |
| |
| Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what |
| is being built: |
| |
| - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the |
| target |
| |
| - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e. |
| ``-native``) |
| |
| - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e. |
| ``nativesdk-``) |
| |
| :term:`HOST_OS` |
| Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally |
| the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can |
| be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for |
| ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and |
| "linux-musleabi" values possible. |
| |
| :term:`HOST_PREFIX` |
| Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX`` |
| is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`. |
| |
| :term:`HOST_SYS` |
| Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the |
| current recipe. |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| on :term:`HOST_ARCH`, |
| :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and |
| :term:`HOST_OS` variables. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You do not need to set the variable yourself. |
| |
| Consider these two examples: |
| |
| - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the |
| value is "i686-linux". |
| |
| - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running |
| Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". |
| |
| :term:`HOSTTOOLS` |
| A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that |
| should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this |
| filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool |
| specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build |
| host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build |
| is not started. |
| |
| For additional information, see |
| :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`. |
| |
| :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` |
| A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that |
| should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this |
| filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike |
| :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system |
| does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of |
| ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can |
| use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools. |
| |
| :term:`HOST_VENDOR` |
| Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the |
| same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`. |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` |
| Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more |
| information on this function and best practices for using this |
| variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`" |
| section. |
| |
| Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the |
| function: |
| :: |
| |
| ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" |
| |
| To enable the function, set the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| ICECC_DISABLED = "" |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC` |
| Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This |
| variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You |
| set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| |
| If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded |
| build system uses the default script provided by the |
| ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not |
| the one that comes with ``icecc``. |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` |
| Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel |
| compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x |
| represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the |
| network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon. |
| |
| If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the |
| maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best |
| performance could take some experimentation since machine speed, |
| network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all |
| affect build time. Consequently, unlike the |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no |
| rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal |
| performance. |
| |
| If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not |
| use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of |
| cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``). |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_PATH` |
| The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in |
| your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define |
| this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts |
| to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``. |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL` |
| Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed |
| compile support to consider. This variable is used by the |
| :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in |
| your ``local.conf`` file. |
| |
| When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting" |
| them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes |
| you list will be distributed and compiled locally. |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL` |
| Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed |
| compile support to consider. This variable is used by the |
| :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in |
| your ``local.conf`` file. |
| |
| When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting" |
| them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages |
| you list will be distributed and compiled locally. |
| |
| :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL` |
| Identifies user recipes that use an empty |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to |
| force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream |
| distributed compile support. This variable is used by the |
| :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in |
| your ``local.conf`` file. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` |
| The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the |
| recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES` |
| A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition |
| when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the |
| ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default, |
| the files are |
| installed under the same name as the source files. To change the |
| installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon |
| (;). Source files need to be located in |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two |
| examples: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" |
| IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" |
| |
| Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In |
| this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base |
| name of the source file path. To install files into a directory |
| within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). |
| Here are two examples: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" |
| IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" |
| |
| The first example |
| installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/`` |
| into the root of the target partition. The second example installs |
| the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. |
| |
| You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" |
| section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference |
| material for Wic is located in the |
| ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES` |
| A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition |
| when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the |
| ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default, |
| the files are |
| installed under the same name as the source files. To change the |
| installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon |
| (;). Source files need to be located in |
| :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two |
| examples: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" |
| IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" |
| |
| Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In |
| this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base |
| name of the source file path. To install files into a directory |
| within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). |
| Here are two examples: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" |
| IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" |
| |
| The first example |
| installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles`` |
| into the root of the target partition. The second example installs |
| the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. |
| |
| You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" |
| section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference |
| material for Wic is located in the |
| ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` |
| A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use |
| this variable to specify the list of classes that register the |
| different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates. |
| |
| The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can |
| set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution |
| configuration file. |
| |
| For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the |
| :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_CMD` |
| Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image |
| type, which corresponds to the value set set in |
| :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, |
| ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use |
| an override for the associated type. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \ |
| --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \ |
| ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}" |
| |
| You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding |
| support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this |
| variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>` |
| class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` |
| Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that |
| are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image. |
| These files list basic device nodes that should be created under |
| ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set, |
| ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by |
| :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write |
| device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an |
| example. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` |
| The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you |
| configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this |
| variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the |
| :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do |
| not. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the |
| :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. |
| |
| For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see |
| the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. |
| |
| For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this |
| variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` |
| Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the |
| build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting |
| ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root |
| filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" |
| |
| For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can |
| choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are |
| setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set |
| ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line. |
| |
| - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this |
| variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append`` |
| or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or |
| more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` |
| Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image |
| through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the |
| ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues. |
| |
| Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to |
| install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally, |
| "helper" classes such as the |
| :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class exist that can |
| take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into |
| auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its |
| default contents. |
| |
| When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name" |
| |
| Be sure to include the space |
| between the quotation character and the start of the package name or |
| names. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| - When working with a |
| :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` |
| image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify |
| packages for installation. Instead, use the |
| :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which |
| allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a |
| fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``. |
| For information on creating an initramfs, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the |
| :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>` |
| BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from |
| within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator |
| in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since |
| ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default |
| value using the |
| :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>` |
| operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` |
| results in unexpected behavior when used within |
| ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from |
| within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the |
| specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is |
| contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` |
| Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the |
| root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system |
| automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization, |
| into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable |
| ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already |
| selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is |
| an example: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" |
| |
| In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese |
| and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are |
| installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as |
| ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages |
| only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific |
| language). |
| |
| See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` |
| variable for information on generating GLIBC locales. |
| |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME` |
| The name of the output image symlink (which does not include |
| the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value |
| is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE` |
| variables: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}" |
| |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` |
| The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed |
| packages that make up the image. The file contains package |
| information on a line-per-package basis as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| packagename packagearch version |
| |
| The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest |
| file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest" |
| |
| The location is |
| derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` |
| and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find |
| information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_NAME` |
| The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable |
| is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, |
| :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` |
| variables: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX` |
| Suffix used for the image output file name - defaults to ``".rootfs"`` |
| to distinguish the image file from other files created during image |
| building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can |
| clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example, |
| this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` |
| Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial |
| image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk |
| usage value for the image is greater than the sum of |
| ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of |
| the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk |
| space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a |
| multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in |
| 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to |
| determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that |
| post install scripts and the package management system uses disk |
| space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does |
| not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See |
| ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system |
| determines the overall image size. |
| |
| The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room |
| to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a |
| small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you |
| can increase the default value. For example, the following setting |
| gives you 50% free space added to the image: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" |
| |
| Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is |
| added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` |
| Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by |
| the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`, |
| :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`, |
| :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or |
| :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is |
| recommended that you do not use it. |
| |
| The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and |
| :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` |
| for packaging up images and SDKs. |
| |
| You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the |
| variable is set indirectly through the appropriate |
| :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The |
| OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM, |
| or IPK) that appears with the variable |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute |
| packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image |
| or SDK. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| system creates the final image output files. You can specify |
| functions separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the |
| function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build |
| system creates the final image output files. You can specify |
| functions separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the |
| function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` |
| The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction |
| (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This |
| variable is not configurable. Do not change it. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT` |
| Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the |
| size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is |
| rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is |
| "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for |
| additional information. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` |
| Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By |
| default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added |
| to the image after the build system determines the image size as |
| described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``. |
| |
| This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a |
| specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an |
| image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of |
| free disk space is available, set the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" |
| |
| For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests |
| 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` |
| Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded |
| build system determines the final size for the generated image using |
| an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for |
| the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested |
| additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, |
| the build system determines the final size of the generated image as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: |
| internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace |
| else: |
| internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace |
| where: |
| image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image. |
| overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR |
| rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE |
| internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications. |
| xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE |
| |
| See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` |
| and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` |
| variables for related information. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` |
| Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an |
| example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class: |
| :: |
| |
| IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3" |
| |
| In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is |
| listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable, |
| the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since |
| one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted |
| partition containing the root filesystem. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_TYPES` |
| Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default: |
| |
| - btrfs |
| - container |
| - cpio |
| - cpio.gz |
| - cpio.lz4 |
| - cpio.lzma |
| - cpio.xz |
| - cramfs |
| - ext2 |
| - ext2.bz2 |
| - ext2.gz |
| - ext2.lzma |
| - ext3 |
| - ext3.gz |
| - ext4 |
| - ext4.gz |
| - f2fs |
| - hddimg |
| - iso |
| - jffs2 |
| - jffs2.sum |
| - multiubi |
| - squashfs |
| - squashfs-lz4 |
| - squashfs-lzo |
| - squashfs-xz |
| - tar |
| - tar.bz2 |
| - tar.gz |
| - tar.lz4 |
| - tar.xz |
| - tar.zst |
| - ubi |
| - ubifs |
| - wic |
| - wic.bz2 |
| - wic.gz |
| - wic.lzma |
| |
| For more information about these types of images, see |
| ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` |
| Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and |
| :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values. |
| Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a |
| version string that comes from your external build environment if |
| desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across |
| the build artifacts. |
| |
| :term:`INC_PR` |
| Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common |
| ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the |
| recipe revision as set from within an include file. |
| |
| Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across |
| several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its |
| :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when |
| the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find |
| all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the |
| updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get |
| complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide |
| common functionality are upgraded to a new revision. |
| |
| A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the |
| ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes |
| share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to |
| help define the recipe revision. |
| |
| The following provides an example that shows how to use the |
| ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the |
| variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you |
| can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You |
| will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more |
| granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable: |
| :: |
| |
| recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" |
| recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" |
| recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" |
| recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3" |
| |
| The |
| first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be |
| used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining |
| lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the |
| ``PR`` value is set. |
| |
| :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` |
| Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would |
| appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded |
| from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed |
| incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually |
| licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| This functionality is only regularly tested using the following |
| setting: |
| :: |
| |
| INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" |
| |
| |
| Although you can use other settings, you might be required to |
| remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that |
| are required to produce a functional system image. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be |
| used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define |
| a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licences |
| that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as: |
| :: |
| |
| INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" |
| |
| |
| This will result in ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` containing the names of |
| all licences from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified |
| in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` , thus only allowing the latter licences to |
| be used. |
| |
| :term:`INHERIT` |
| Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous |
| functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base |
| configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build |
| system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes. |
| |
| For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the |
| :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`" |
| section in the Bitbake User Manual. |
| |
| :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` |
| Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is |
| unlikely that you want to edit this variable. |
| |
| The default value of the variable is set as follows in the |
| ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" |
| |
| :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS` |
| Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard |
| C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`. |
| This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any |
| compilation using the C compiler. |
| |
| Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from |
| being added. |
| |
| :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` |
| Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug |
| information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out |
| debugging information during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on |
| how debug information is split out, see the |
| :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` |
| variable. |
| |
| To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information |
| during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" |
| |
| :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` |
| If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting |
| packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source |
| files. |
| |
| By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts |
| the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``. |
| Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you |
| plan to debug in general. |
| |
| :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` |
| If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the |
| resulting sysroot. |
| |
| By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the |
| resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the |
| ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit |
| this stripping. |
| |
| If you want to use this variable, include the |
| :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a |
| ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts |
| accordingly. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Use of the ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable occurs in rare and |
| special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building |
| bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore, |
| even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, other files exist |
| that are needed for the build that are not strippable. |
| |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES` |
| Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem |
| (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the |
| same as those supported by the |
| :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. |
| |
| The default value of this variable, which is set in the |
| ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the |
| :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's |
| initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem |
| `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects |
| an optionally compressed cpio archive. |
| |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` |
| Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image |
| recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) |
| image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an |
| additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root |
| filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The |
| initramfs image recipe you provide should set |
| :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`. |
| |
| An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for |
| early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate |
| and mount the "real" root filesystem). |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb`` |
| recipe in the :term:`Source Directory` |
| for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as |
| the one built to provide the initramfs image, set ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` |
| to "core-image-minimal-initramfs". |
| |
| You can also find more information by referencing the |
| ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in |
| the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class, |
| and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use |
| the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable. |
| |
| If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no |
| initramfs image is built. |
| |
| For more information, you can also see the |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` |
| variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the |
| kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs |
| image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` |
| Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an |
| extra pass |
| (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during |
| kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains |
| both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) |
| image. This makes use of the |
| :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel |
| feature. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a |
| circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs |
| recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be |
| the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the |
| kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe |
| since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image. |
| |
| The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory, |
| which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| |
| Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the |
| OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the |
| initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within: |
| :: |
| |
| INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" |
| |
| By default, the |
| :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a |
| null string as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You must set the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`` variable in a |
| configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file. |
| |
| See the |
| :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>` |
| file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an |
| initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` |
| The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is |
| set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the |
| ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| |
| See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` |
| The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is |
| set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| :term:`INITRD` |
| Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an |
| initial RAM disk (``initrd``). |
| |
| The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the |
| :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. |
| |
| :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` |
| When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when |
| :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"), |
| ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to |
| provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is |
| "core-image-minimal-initramfs". |
| |
| See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME` |
| The filename of the initialization script as installed to |
| ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``. |
| |
| This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``. |
| The variable is mandatory. |
| |
| :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES` |
| A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages |
| are specified, you need to append the package name to the other |
| ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override. |
| |
| This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``. |
| The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` |
| Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." |
| |
| In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script |
| in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6. |
| |
| The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the |
| :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class. |
| |
| The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the |
| ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters, |
| please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at |
| https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html |
| |
| :term:`INSANE_SKIP` |
| Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a |
| recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` |
| files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the |
| recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example |
| is ``${PN}``: |
| :: |
| |
| INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" |
| |
| See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a |
| list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable. |
| |
| :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` |
| By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file. |
| Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the |
| configuration level to disable this behavior. |
| |
| :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS` |
| When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on |
| the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the |
| target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once |
| the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades |
| using the package manager at runtime. |
| |
| :term:`KARCH` |
| Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the |
| configuration. Architectures supported for this release are: |
| |
| - powerpc |
| - i386 |
| - x86_64 |
| - arm |
| - qemu |
| - mips |
| |
| You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. |
| |
| :term:`KBRANCH` |
| A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify |
| the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a |
| build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch |
| you want is being used by the build process. |
| |
| Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the |
| kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the |
| ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the |
| ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH`` |
| is set as follows in that kernel recipe file: |
| :: |
| |
| KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" |
| |
| This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify |
| the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target |
| hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's |
| append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the |
| BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the |
| Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA |
| machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named |
| ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. |
| Here are the related statements from that append file: |
| :: |
| |
| KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base" |
| KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base" |
| KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter" |
| KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone" |
| |
| The ``KBRANCH`` statements |
| identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported |
| BSP. |
| |
| :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` |
| When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` |
| class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use |
| during a kernel build. |
| |
| Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a |
| build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you |
| would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e. |
| "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that |
| is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the |
| ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the |
| :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the |
| ``defconfig`` file. |
| |
| To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe |
| using the following form: |
| :: |
| |
| KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file |
| |
| Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses |
| a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig": |
| :: |
| |
| KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" |
| |
| As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file: |
| :: |
| |
| KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file |
| |
| For more |
| information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the |
| ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` |
| Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to |
| the kernel image type specified using the |
| :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the |
| name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`` |
| variable. |
| |
| The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the |
| ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the |
| following default value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE` |
| and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES` |
| A list of classes defining kernel image types that the |
| :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You |
| typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An |
| example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and |
| resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register |
| custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` |
| Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e. |
| the ``.dtb``) file. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Legacy support exists for specifying the full path to the device |
| tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred. |
| |
| In order to use this variable, the |
| :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must |
| be inherited. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` |
| The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable |
| is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| |
| The |
| value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in |
| the same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| |
| See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` |
| The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable |
| is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS` |
| Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build |
| system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment |
| variable). |
| |
| In order to use this variable, the |
| :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must |
| be inherited. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS` |
| Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded |
| build system passes on when compiling the kernel. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` |
| Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build |
| system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs) |
| :term:`Metadata` is provided through the |
| :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH` |
| variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within |
| the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for |
| all BSPs or specific BSPs. |
| |
| The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments |
| and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as |
| config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` |
| variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide |
| validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features. |
| |
| For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` |
| kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs |
| as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two |
| statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" |
| KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" |
| KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc" |
| KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" |
| KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc" |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` |
| The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This |
| variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` |
| file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the |
| ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| |
| See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` |
| The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This |
| variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` |
| file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` |
| variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` |
| The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the |
| ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of |
| the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same |
| file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| |
| See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` |
| Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If |
| ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is |
| checked against the set value during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if |
| the kernel image file is larger than the setting. |
| |
| ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a |
| limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored. |
| |
| By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the |
| kernel image is not checked. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` |
| The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the |
| ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the |
| :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, |
| which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` |
| The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine |
| configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used |
| when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to |
| build. |
| |
| If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that |
| specified by ``KERNEL_IMAGETYPE``, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` |
| Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload` |
| variable. |
| |
| You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it |
| can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel |
| module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution |
| configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe |
| itself). |
| |
| Specify it as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" |
| |
| Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build |
| system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with |
| the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear |
| one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use |
| case: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" |
| |
| For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with |
| ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` |
| Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify |
| configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to |
| provide those module configurations, see the |
| :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_PATH` |
| The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value |
| of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within |
| the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on |
| how this variable is used, see the |
| ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. |
| |
| To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build |
| modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the |
| :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to |
| the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables |
| used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_SRC` |
| The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value |
| of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within |
| the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on |
| how this variable is used, see the |
| ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. |
| |
| To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build |
| modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the |
| :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical |
| to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables |
| used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. |
| |
| :term:`KERNEL_VERSION` |
| Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h`` |
| or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting |
| this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been |
| configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in |
| contexts prior to configuration will not work. |
| |
| :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` |
| Specifies whether the data referenced through |
| :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. The |
| ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data |
| exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to |
| use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your |
| ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not |
| needed avoids a potential dependency loop. |
| |
| :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION` |
| Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use |
| this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration |
| fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` |
| to describe SMP being enabled: |
| :: |
| |
| define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" |
| |
| :term:`KMACHINE` |
| The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used |
| by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the |
| OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common`` |
| goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel |
| understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these, |
| the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the |
| OpenEmbedded build system machine name. |
| |
| These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux |
| Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the |
| ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" |
| COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" |
| SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974" |
| SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711" |
| KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32" |
| KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base" |
| KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}" |
| |
| The ``KMACHINE`` statement says |
| that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32". |
| However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as |
| "core2-32-intel-common". |
| |
| :term:`KTYPE` |
| Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. |
| The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" |
| kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" |
| section in the |
| Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on |
| kernel types. |
| |
| You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the |
| :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The |
| value you use must match the value used for the |
| :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the |
| kernel recipe. |
| |
| :term:`LABELS` |
| Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration. |
| |
| See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more |
| information on how this variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` |
| Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. |
| Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency |
| by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" |
| |
| In this previous example, |
| version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against |
| :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``. |
| |
| An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version |
| numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in |
| the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of |
| the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). |
| |
| :term:`LAYERDIR` |
| When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable |
| provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not |
| available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded |
| immediately when parsing of the file completes. |
| |
| :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS` |
| Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this |
| layer. |
| |
| Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a |
| recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. |
| Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" |
| |
| In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared |
| against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``. |
| |
| This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be |
| suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. |
| ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``). |
| |
| :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` |
| Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which |
| a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable |
| allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the |
| layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the |
| system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new |
| releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained). |
| |
| To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use |
| this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file. |
| For the list, use the Yocto Project |
| :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g. |
| &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the |
| layer, use a space-separated list: |
| :: |
| |
| LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Setting ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` is required by the Yocto Project |
| Compatible version 2 standard. |
| The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable |
| is not set for any given layer. |
| |
| See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`LAYERVERSION` |
| Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You |
| can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for |
| another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer. |
| This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be |
| suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. |
| ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``). |
| |
| :term:`LD` |
| The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker. |
| |
| :term:`LDFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported |
| to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software |
| being built during the compilation step. |
| |
| Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is |
| being built: |
| |
| - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the |
| target |
| |
| - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the |
| build host (i.e. ``-native``) |
| |
| - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for |
| an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) |
| |
| :term:`LEAD_SONAME` |
| Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``) |
| that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its |
| naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries. |
| |
| This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class. |
| |
| :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` |
| Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code. |
| |
| This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code |
| files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build |
| failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any |
| license change. |
| |
| This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless |
| :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED"). |
| |
| For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`LICENSE` |
| The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules: |
| |
| - Do not use spaces within individual license names. |
| |
| - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice |
| between licenses. |
| |
| - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses |
| exist that cover different parts of the source. |
| |
| - You can use spaces between license names. |
| |
| - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in |
| ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the |
| :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in |
| ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. |
| |
| Here are some examples: |
| :: |
| |
| LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" |
| LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" |
| LICENSE = "GPLv2+" |
| |
| The first example is from the |
| recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either |
| the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from |
| Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code. |
| The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single |
| license. |
| |
| You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle |
| situations where components of the output have different licenses. |
| For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 |
| but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free |
| Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" |
| LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2" |
| LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2" |
| |
| :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` |
| Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded |
| build system to create an extra package (i.e. |
| ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add |
| those packages to the |
| :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``. |
| |
| The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in |
| ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base |
| name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and |
| copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files |
| from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in |
| the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata |
| and copies of files marked in |
| :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing |
| license text). |
| |
| For related information on providing license text, see the |
| :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the |
| :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` |
| Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through |
| :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in |
| order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags, |
| separate them with spaces. |
| |
| This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is |
| typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses |
| in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information, |
| see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` |
| Lists license flags that when specified in |
| :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not |
| prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise |
| known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`LICENSE_PATH` |
| Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the |
| OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the |
| directory that holds common license text used during the build. The |
| ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other |
| areas that have additional licenses: |
| :: |
| |
| LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" |
| |
| :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` |
| Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. |
| The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" |
| kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" |
| section in the |
| Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on |
| kernel types. |
| |
| If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to |
| "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the |
| ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by |
| the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the |
| kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources |
| and configuration. |
| |
| :term:`LINUX_VERSION` |
| The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image |
| being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define |
| this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the |
| ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in |
| ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" |
| |
| The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV` |
| for the recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" |
| |
| :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION` |
| A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux |
| kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this |
| variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel |
| recipes all define the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" |
| |
| Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel |
| configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through |
| the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension |
| assuming it was set as previously shown: |
| :: |
| |
| $ uname -r |
| 3.7.0-rc8-custom |
| |
| :term:`LOG_DIR` |
| Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes |
| overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``. |
| |
| For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the |
| :term:`T` variable. |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE` |
| Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define |
| ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the |
| :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to |
| "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated |
| using QEMU: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINE ?= "qemux86" |
| |
| The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same |
| name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus, |
| when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86" there exists the corresponding |
| ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file, which can be found in |
| the :term:`Source Directory` in |
| ``meta/conf/machine``. |
| |
| The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped |
| include the following: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" |
| MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" |
| MACHINE ?= "qemumips" |
| MACHINE ?= "qemumips64" |
| MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" |
| MACHINE ?= "qemux86" |
| MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" |
| MACHINE ?= "genericx86" |
| MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" |
| MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" |
| MACHINE ?= "edgerouter" |
| |
| The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware |
| boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your |
| configuration adds new possible settings for ``MACHINE``. |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` |
| Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This |
| variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or |
| :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit |
| the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable. |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
| A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of |
| the image being built. The build process depends on these packages |
| being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential" |
| variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot. |
| The impact of this variable affects images based on |
| ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` |
| image. |
| |
| This variable is similar to the |
| ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception |
| that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's |
| list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file |
| in this list is not found. |
| |
| As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building |
| requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the |
| hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's |
| ``.conf`` configuration file: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` |
| A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of |
| the image being built. The build process does not depend on these |
| packages being present. However, because this is a |
| "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for |
| the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based |
| on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` |
| image. |
| |
| This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` |
| variable with the exception that the image being built does not have |
| a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other |
| words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not |
| found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel |
| modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the |
| kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be |
| produced. |
| |
| Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific |
| touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However, |
| the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on |
| the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you |
| want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the |
| kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a |
| "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will |
| not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the |
| package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would |
| use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to |
| explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake |
| does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to |
| satisfy the dependency. |
| |
| Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, |
| keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine). |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` |
| A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image |
| being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, |
| the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the |
| packages being present. |
| |
| This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``, |
| which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or |
| ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. |
| |
| The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable |
| with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency |
| on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will |
| not build if a file in this list is not found. |
| |
| An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential |
| for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a |
| more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package |
| containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to |
| exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon |
| finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the |
| firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the |
| following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` |
| A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image |
| being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image |
| being built has no build dependency on this list of packages. |
| |
| This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``, |
| which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or |
| ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. |
| |
| This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable |
| with the exception that the image being built does not have a build |
| dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the |
| image will build if a file in this list is not found. |
| |
| An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential |
| For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a |
| more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the |
| package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the |
| WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want |
| the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package |
| not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the |
| module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the |
| following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` |
| Specifies the list of hardware features the |
| :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related |
| information on enabling features, see the |
| :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, |
| :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and |
| :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables. |
| |
| For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as |
| shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section. |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` |
| Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in |
| ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``. |
| |
| This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is |
| not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference |
| the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for |
| all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" |
| section for more information. |
| |
| :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` |
| Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be |
| backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See |
| the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. |
| |
| :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` |
| A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current |
| machine. By default, this list includes the value of |
| :term:`MACHINE`. |
| |
| You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that |
| should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU |
| (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following |
| override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``: |
| :: |
| |
| MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" |
| |
| This |
| override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated |
| in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` |
| recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \ |
| file://wired-setup \ |
| " |
| |
| The underlying mechanism behind |
| ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default |
| value of :term:`OVERRIDES`. |
| |
| :term:`MAINTAINER` |
| The email address of the distribution maintainer. |
| |
| :term:`MIRRORS` |
| Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it |
| first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the |
| build system tries locations defined by |
| :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then |
| locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order. |
| |
| Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", |
| the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the |
| ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. |
| |
| :term:`MLPREFIX` |
| Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a |
| special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The |
| variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or |
| removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable). |
| ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The "ML" in ``MLPREFIX`` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is |
| historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix |
| rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned |
| into a prefix, it made sense to set ``MLPREFIX`` for it as well. |
| |
| To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when |
| :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a |
| ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version. |
| If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other |
| recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on |
| "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on |
| "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not |
| get rewritten automatically: |
| :: |
| |
| do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" |
| |
| If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the |
| following: |
| :: |
| |
| do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" |
| |
| module_autoload |
| This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` |
| variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload`` |
| with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example: |
| :: |
| |
| module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" |
| |
| should now be replaced with: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" |
| |
| See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information. |
| |
| module_conf |
| Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_ |
| syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` |
| file. |
| |
| You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the |
| kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine |
| configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file |
| for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you |
| must also be sure to list the module name in the |
| :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` |
| variable. |
| |
| Here is the general syntax: |
| :: |
| |
| module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" |
| |
| You must use the kernel module name override. |
| |
| Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on |
| the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``. |
| |
| Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to |
| populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with |
| ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options |
| ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``: |
| :: |
| |
| module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" |
| |
| For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on |
| boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable. |
| |
| :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY` |
| Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to |
| "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the |
| kernel modules resulting from a kernel build. |
| |
| :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` |
| The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in |
| the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" |
| |
| The value |
| of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the |
| same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" |
| |
| See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information. |
| |
| :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` |
| The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in |
| the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" |
| |
| The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, |
| which is set in the same file, has the following value: |
| :: |
| |
| KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" |
| |
| :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` |
| Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages |
| are being built. This variable allows output for different types of |
| target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same |
| output directory. |
| |
| The default value of this variable is: |
| :: |
| |
| ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} |
| |
| Some classes (e.g. |
| :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the |
| ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value. |
| |
| See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information. |
| |
| :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` |
| A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the |
| host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the |
| ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For |
| example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is |
| "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the |
| value resolves to "Unknown". |
| |
| This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state |
| packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with |
| ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is |
| checked against |
| :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that |
| variable is set. |
| |
| :term:`NM` |
| The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``. |
| |
| :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` |
| Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a |
| recipe. Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with many |
| licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added |
| occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files, |
| which are only applicable to a specific package. |
| ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does |
| not exist in common licenses. |
| |
| The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a |
| recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" |
| |
| The following is an example that |
| uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched |
| source: |
| :: |
| |
| NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" |
| |
| :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` |
| Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages. |
| Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the |
| :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the |
| ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on: :: |
| |
| NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1" |
| |
| You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| override: :: |
| |
| NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1" |
| |
| It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages |
| using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them |
| (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` |
| variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and |
| will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Some recommended packages might be required for certain system |
| functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add |
| packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable. |
| |
| Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM |
| packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB. |
| |
| See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and |
| the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for |
| related information. |
| |
| :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` |
| Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe |
| requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the |
| ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the |
| content of the debug package. For example: |
| :: |
| |
| NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" |
| FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" |
| FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/" |
| FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch" |
| |
| :term:`OBJCOPY` |
| The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``. |
| |
| :term:`OBJDUMP` |
| The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``. |
| |
| :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, |
| this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" |
| command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts |
| that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class |
| results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the |
| ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will |
| use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout. |
| |
| See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the |
| :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class |
| applies these additional sed command arguments. For general |
| information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the |
| ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section. |
| |
| :term:`OE_IMPORTS` |
| An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what |
| Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only. |
| |
| :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` |
| The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of |
| setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default |
| value is "oe-init-build-env". |
| |
| If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the |
| ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name. |
| |
| :term:`OE_TERMINAL` |
| Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive |
| terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake |
| command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more |
| information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in |
| the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable: |
| |
| - auto |
| - gnome |
| - xfce |
| - rxvt |
| - screen |
| - konsole |
| - none |
| |
| :term:`OEROOT` |
| The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script |
| is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment |
| setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this |
| script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that |
| contains the script. |
| |
| For additional information on how this variable is used, see the |
| initialization script. |
| |
| :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL` |
| Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced |
| binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the |
| Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``). |
| |
| The default for this variable comes from the |
| ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this |
| default by setting the variable in a custom distribution |
| configuration file. |
| |
| :term:`OVERRIDES` |
| A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides |
| are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively |
| overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in |
| ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes |
| the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being |
| built, and so forth. |
| |
| As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in |
| the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following |
| assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the |
| end of parsing: |
| :: |
| |
| FOO_an-override = "overridden" |
| |
| See the |
| ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" |
| section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the |
| overrides mechanism. |
| |
| The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the |
| :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`, |
| :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and |
| :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another |
| important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override |
| allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration |
| (``.conf``) files. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for ``OVERRIDES`` |
| in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto |
| Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. |
| |
| :term:`P` |
| The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following: |
| :: |
| |
| ${PN}-${PV} |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA` |
| This variable defines additional metdata to add to packages. |
| |
| You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages. |
| This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as |
| the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with |
| the literal separator "\n". |
| |
| The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable |
| to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package |
| specific by using the package name as a suffix. |
| |
| You can find out more about applying this variable in the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` |
| The architecture of the resulting package or packages. |
| |
| By default, the value of this variable is set to |
| :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the |
| target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the |
| build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the |
| SDK. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information. |
| |
| However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the |
| target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the |
| machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of |
| :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` |
| Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine. |
| This variable is set automatically and should not normally be |
| hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order |
| of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any |
| noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}". |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN` |
| Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so |
| that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be |
| included in the default package. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` |
| This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file |
| found in the ``conf`` folder of the |
| :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the |
| OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data. |
| |
| You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the |
| variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk |
| package_tar" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar`` |
| class has limited functionality due to no support for package |
| dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that |
| you do not use it. |
| |
| The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the |
| package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages |
| will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. |
| For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system uses |
| the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK. |
| |
| For information on packaging and build performance effects as a |
| result of the package manager in use, see the |
| ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` |
| Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when |
| creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger |
| (GDB). |
| |
| With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control |
| where debug information, which can include or exclude source files, |
| is stored: |
| |
| - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a |
| ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is |
| installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are |
| installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in |
| ``/usr/src/debug``. |
| |
| - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under |
| ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from |
| where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is |
| installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are |
| installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in |
| ``/usr/src/debug``. |
| |
| - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously |
| described with the exception that no source files are installed. |
| |
| - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously |
| described with the exception that all source files are placed in a |
| separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior. |
| |
| You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` |
| Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are |
| installing complementary packages. |
| |
| You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages |
| when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you |
| are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install |
| ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a |
| particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can |
| use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular |
| expressions to match the packages you want to exclude. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` |
| Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For |
| example: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." |
| |
| You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you |
| can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name |
| override: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name" |
| |
| If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some |
| other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's |
| :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build |
| system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system |
| halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with |
| an iterative development process to remove specific components from a |
| system. |
| |
| Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM |
| packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB. |
| |
| See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the |
| :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for |
| related information. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS` |
| Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. |
| This variable is useful when you build for several different devices |
| that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` |
| Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the |
| package feed URIs during the build. When used, the |
| ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed |
| URI, which is constructed using the |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` |
| variables. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You can use the ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` |
| variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do |
| not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common |
| case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in |
| all available architectures for the current machine being included |
| into remote package feeds. |
| |
| Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| defined in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" |
| PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" |
| |
| Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: |
| |
| .. code-block:: none |
| |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` |
| Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The |
| ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a |
| package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path |
| lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` |
| and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. |
| |
| Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| defined in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" |
| PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" |
| |
| Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: |
| |
| .. code-block:: none |
| |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` |
| Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised |
| of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and |
| :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. |
| |
| Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``, |
| ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are |
| defined in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" |
| PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" |
| PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" |
| |
| Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: |
| |
| .. code-block:: none |
| |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all |
| https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` |
| The final list of packages passed to the package manager for |
| installation into the image. |
| |
| Because the package manager controls actual installation of all |
| packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is |
| not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This |
| variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in |
| general, you should use the |
| :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify |
| packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with |
| the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` |
| image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image, |
| use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an |
| initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY` |
| Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts |
| to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to |
| install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable |
| is generally not user-defined. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` |
| Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the |
| :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out |
| to individual packages. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS` |
| Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and |
| pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your |
| post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs |
| creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool |
| in order to execute, you need to list the tools in |
| ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``. |
| |
| For information on running post-installation scripts, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` |
| This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a |
| recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in |
| recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define |
| feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over |
| multiple lines for readability): |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." |
| PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ |
| --with-f1, \ |
| --without-f1, \ |
| build-deps-for-f1, \ |
| runtime-deps-for-f1, \ |
| runtime-recommends-for-f1, \ |
| packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1" |
| PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\ |
| ... and so on and so on ... |
| |
| The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated |
| list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can |
| determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six |
| order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can |
| omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The |
| order is important and specifies the following: |
| |
| 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script |
| argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or |
| :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if |
| the feature is enabled. |
| |
| 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or |
| ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled. |
| |
| 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`) |
| that should be added if the feature is enabled. |
| |
| 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`) |
| that should be added if the feature is enabled. |
| |
| 5. Additional runtime recommendations |
| (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if |
| the feature is enabled. |
| |
| 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG`` |
| settings for this feature. |
| |
| Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the |
| ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has |
| three arguments that determine the feature's behavior. |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3" |
| |
| The |
| ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is |
| enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure |
| script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the |
| other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend`` |
| file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is |
| added to the configure script instead. |
| |
| The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true |
| regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block. |
| When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe. |
| |
| If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do |
| so one of two ways: |
| |
| - *Append file:* Create an append file named |
| recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of |
| ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the |
| variable: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" |
| |
| Or, you can just append the variable: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4" |
| |
| - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the |
| block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` |
| or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously |
| described, you can either completely override the variable: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5" |
| |
| Or, you can just amend the variable: |
| :: |
| |
| PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4" |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` |
| A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the |
| :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting. |
| |
| Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and |
| :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to |
| pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``, |
| respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that |
| handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use |
| ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` |
| For recipes inheriting the |
| :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting |
| ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the |
| normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth) |
| should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe, |
| which is the default behavior. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGES` |
| The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the |
| following: |
| :: |
| |
| ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} |
| |
| During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task |
| goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES` |
| variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the |
| package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one |
| package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest |
| (leftmost) package. |
| |
| Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of |
| the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated, |
| unless generation is forced through the |
| :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` |
| A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for |
| optional modules that are found in other recipes. |
| ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it |
| only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard, |
| runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another |
| package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` |
| variable, but a package with the module name is never actually |
| produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt |
| to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency |
| failure from the packaging system during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task. |
| |
| Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and |
| the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being |
| satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS` |
| (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``. |
| |
| For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when |
| you are splitting packages, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS` |
| Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of |
| files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this |
| variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to |
| perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function |
| should set :term:`PACKAGES`, |
| :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and |
| other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the |
| desired splitting. |
| |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` |
| Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify |
| parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is |
| usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of |
| parallel threads ``make`` can run. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` to be effective, ``make`` must be |
| called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure |
| this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. |
| |
| By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this |
| variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If the software being built experiences dependency issues during |
| the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear |
| the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For |
| information on addressing race conditions, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to |
| override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. |
| However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical |
| CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is |
| not set higher than "-j 20". |
| |
| For more information on speeding up builds, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` |
| Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify |
| parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of |
| :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must |
| be called with |
| ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy |
| way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. |
| |
| If the software being built experiences dependency issues during |
| the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can |
| clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a |
| workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PATCHRESOLVE` |
| Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this |
| variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user". |
| |
| The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the |
| OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting |
| the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and |
| places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the |
| conflicts. |
| |
| Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. |
| |
| :term:`PATCHTOOL` |
| Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of |
| three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used |
| is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the |
| quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being |
| patched, it uses "patch". |
| |
| If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in |
| the recipe using one of the following: |
| :: |
| |
| PATCHTOOL = "patch" |
| PATCHTOOL = "quilt" |
| PATCHTOOL = "git" |
| |
| :term:`PE` |
| The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The |
| variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme |
| changes in some backwards incompatible way. |
| |
| ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable. |
| |
| :term:`PF` |
| Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and |
| revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and |
| ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following: |
| ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`} |
| |
| :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>` |
| class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf |
| loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache`` |
| class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e. |
| ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the |
| loaders you need are in a package other than that main package. |
| |
| :term:`PKG` |
| The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build |
| system. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| When using the ``PKG`` variable, you must use a package name override. |
| |
| For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class |
| renames the output package, it does so by setting |
| ``PKG_packagename``. |
| |
| :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH` |
| The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context. |
| ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment. |
| |
| :term:`PKGD` |
| Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before |
| they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to |
| the following: |
| :: |
| |
| ${WORKDIR}/package |
| |
| Do not change this default. |
| |
| :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` |
| Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated |
| during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data |
| for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. |
| This directory defaults to the following, which you should not |
| change: |
| :: |
| |
| ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata |
| |
| For examples of how this data is used, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more |
| information on the shared, global-state directory, see |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. |
| |
| :term:`PKGDEST` |
| Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they |
| have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to |
| the following: |
| :: |
| |
| ${WORKDIR}/packages-split |
| |
| Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each |
| package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change |
| this default. |
| |
| :term:`PKGDESTWORK` |
| Points to a temporary work area where the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. |
| The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following: |
| :: |
| |
| ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata |
| |
| Do not change this default. |
| |
| The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the |
| package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to |
| :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally. |
| |
| :term:`PKGE` |
| The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE`` |
| is set to :term:`PE`. |
| |
| :term:`PKGR` |
| The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, |
| ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`. |
| |
| :term:`PKGV` |
| The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, |
| ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`. |
| |
| :term:`PN` |
| This variable can have two separate functions depending on the |
| context: a recipe name or a resulting package name. |
| |
| ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is |
| normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the |
| recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN`` |
| will be "expat". |
| |
| The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file |
| created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system. |
| |
| If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix |
| or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the |
| native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build |
| packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash`` |
| and ``lib64-bash``, respectively. |
| |
| :term:`PNBLACKLIST` |
| Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build. |
| This variable works in conjunction with the |
| :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited |
| globally. |
| |
| To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST`` |
| variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that |
| prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built: |
| :: |
| |
| PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." |
| |
| :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify |
| functions separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you |
| can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by |
| the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the |
| :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. |
| |
| :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify |
| functions separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you |
| can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by |
| the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the |
| :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. |
| |
| :term:`PR` |
| The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is |
| "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the |
| values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases, |
| ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0". |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of ``PR`` |
| to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task |
| :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the |
| :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and |
| :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache` |
| mechanisms. |
| |
| The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package |
| manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In |
| this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of |
| :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which |
| package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the |
| same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with |
| the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same |
| upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including |
| packaging fixes. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| ``PR`` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the |
| package contents or metadata. |
| |
| Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone, |
| an automated solution exists. See the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. |
| |
| :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` |
| If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines |
| which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the |
| preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the |
| name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using |
| the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common |
| example: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" |
| |
| In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel". |
| The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of |
| the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". |
| |
| Following are more examples: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" |
| PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" |
| |
| For more |
| information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER``, then any |
| recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined) |
| by ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` is prevented from building, which is usually |
| desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually |
| exclusive alternative providers. |
| |
| :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` |
| If multiple versions of recipes exist, this variable determines which |
| version is given preference. You must always suffix the variable with |
| the :term:`PN` you want to select, and you should set the |
| :term:`PV` accordingly for precedence. |
| |
| The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use |
| through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any |
| number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions |
| that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are |
| two examples: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" |
| PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the |
| string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other |
| location of the string. |
| |
| The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which |
| does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. |
| For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` |
| where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment: |
| :: |
| |
| PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" |
| |
| In this case, the correct way to select |
| ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" |
| |
| Compare that previous example |
| against the following incorrect example, which does not work: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" |
| |
| Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by |
| configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use |
| :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific |
| override. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%" |
| |
| Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the |
| "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. |
| Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``\_forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override |
| only works because the default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes "forcevariable". |
| |
| :term:`PREMIRRORS` |
| Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it |
| first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the |
| build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream |
| source, and then locations specified by |
| :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. |
| |
| Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", |
| the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the |
| ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. |
| |
| Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to |
| attempt before any others by adding something like the following to |
| the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the |
| :term:`Build Directory`: |
| :: |
| |
| PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ |
| git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ |
| https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n" |
| |
| These changes cause the |
| build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and |
| direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use |
| ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as |
| well. |
| |
| :term:`PRIORITY` |
| Indicates the importance of a package. |
| |
| ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy |
| because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for |
| which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not |
| normally set within recipes. |
| |
| You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and |
| "optional", which is the default. |
| |
| :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` |
| Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored |
| by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This |
| variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has |
| its own private versions of a library normally provided by another |
| recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the |
| private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated |
| packages that should instead depend on the package providing the |
| standard version of the library. |
| |
| Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their |
| file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser: |
| :: |
| |
| PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ |
| libxpcom.so \ |
| libnspr4.so \ |
| libxul.so \ |
| libmozalloc.so \ |
| libplc4.so \ |
| libplds4.so" |
| |
| For more information, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| :term:`PROVIDES` |
| A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By |
| default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its |
| ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it |
| provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional |
| aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying |
| dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by |
| ``DEPENDS``. |
| |
| Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe |
| file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``: |
| :: |
| |
| PROVIDES += "udev" |
| |
| The ``PROVIDES`` statement |
| results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev". |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended |
| to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be |
| strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion. |
| |
| In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the |
| ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A |
| virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular |
| functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the |
| functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``. |
| Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the |
| virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open. |
| |
| Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form |
| "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part |
| of the name and has no syntactical significance. |
| |
| The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is |
| used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies |
| (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any |
| special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For |
| example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of |
| the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. |
| |
| Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as |
| simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file: |
| :: |
| |
| VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" |
| |
| |
| :term:`PRSERV_HOST` |
| The network based :term:`PR` service host and port. |
| |
| The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the |
| :term:`Source Directory` shows how the |
| ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set: |
| :: |
| |
| PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" |
| |
| You must |
| set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR |
| service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can |
| set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service. |
| |
| |
| :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS` |
| A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored |
| by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid |
| problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and |
| reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list |
| and can include partial directory (or file) names. |
| |
| |
| :term:`PTEST_ENABLED` |
| Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package |
| Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest) |
| functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set |
| this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests |
| at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it |
| from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. |
| |
| :term:`PV` |
| The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the |
| recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named |
| ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1". |
| ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is |
| building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code |
| repository (e.g. Git or Subversion). |
| |
| ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable. |
| |
| :term:`PYTHON_ABI` |
| When used by recipes that inherit the |
| :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, |
| :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`, |
| :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or |
| :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, denotes the |
| Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By |
| default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the |
| OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you. |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory |
| names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in |
| sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``). |
| |
| Recipes that inherit the ``distutils`` class during cross-builds also |
| use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the |
| appropriate Python that the extension is targeting. |
| |
| :term:`PYTHON_PN` |
| When used by recipes that inherit the |
| `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, |
| :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`, |
| :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or |
| :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, specifies the |
| major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would |
| be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the |
| OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. |
| |
| The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the |
| following: |
| :: |
| |
| DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" |
| |
| In the previous example, |
| the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``. |
| |
| :term:`RANLIB` |
| The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``. |
| |
| :term:`RCONFLICTS` |
| The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages |
| will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. |
| |
| Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in |
| conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" |
| |
| BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies |
| depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| ``RCONFLICTS`` variable: |
| :: |
| |
| RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| |
| For ``operator``, you can specify the following: |
| |
| - = |
| - < |
| - > |
| - <= |
| - >= |
| |
| For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or |
| greater of the package ``foo``: |
| :: |
| |
| RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| |
| :term:`RDEPENDS` |
| Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other |
| packages that must be installed in order for the package to function |
| correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the |
| package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be |
| installed: |
| :: |
| |
| RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz" |
| |
| The most common types of package |
| runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore, |
| most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information, |
| see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that |
| ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the |
| package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the |
| :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks. |
| Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used, |
| which is determined by |
| :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the |
| corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to |
| also install the packages on which it depends. |
| |
| To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the |
| previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be |
| added. This dependency is from the recipe's |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the |
| ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and |
| ``baz``. |
| |
| The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the |
| names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although |
| package names and recipe names usually match, the important point |
| here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS`` |
| variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from |
| a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. |
| |
| Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built, |
| you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package |
| name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For |
| example, suppose you are building a development package that depends |
| on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following |
| ``RDEPENDS`` statement: |
| :: |
| |
| RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" |
| |
| In the example, |
| the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the |
| ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of |
| the variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` |
| by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file |
| (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove |
| ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator |
| rather than the "=" operator. |
| |
| The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would |
| in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable |
| allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the |
| :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename |
| packages), but this final package name cannot be used with |
| ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be |
| independent of the package format used. |
| |
| BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies |
| depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| ``RDEPENDS`` variable: |
| :: |
| |
| RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| |
| For ``operator``, you can specify the following: |
| |
| - = |
| - < |
| - > |
| - <= |
| - >= |
| |
| For version, provide the version number. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You can use ``EXTENDPKGV`` to provide a full package version |
| specification. |
| |
| For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or |
| greater of the package ``foo``: |
| :: |
| |
| RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| |
| For information on build-time dependencies, see the |
| :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the |
| ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and |
| ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the |
| BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and |
| dependencies. |
| |
| :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` |
| When inheriting the |
| :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` |
| class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist |
| in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build |
| system to build the recipe. In other words, if the |
| ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not |
| appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then |
| the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build |
| the recipe then an error will be triggered. |
| |
| :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE` |
| With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes |
| whose work directories should not be removed. See the |
| ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more |
| details. |
| |
| :term:`ROOT_HOME` |
| Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as |
| follows in the BitBake configuration file: |
| :: |
| |
| ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions |
| prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep |
| writeable data in one place. |
| |
| You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or |
| in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" |
| assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to |
| define your override: |
| :: |
| |
| ROOT_HOME = "/root" |
| ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" |
| |
| These |
| override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly |
| used override. |
| |
| :term:`ROOTFS` |
| Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem. |
| |
| The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the |
| :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. |
| |
| :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build |
| system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by |
| semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions |
| separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build |
| system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package |
| management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed |
| including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. |
| You can specify functions separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build |
| system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions |
| separated by semicolons: |
| :: |
| |
| ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a |
| function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the |
| directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the |
| :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`RPROVIDES` |
| A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These |
| aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other |
| packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by |
| ``RDEPENDS``). |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| A package's own name is implicitly already in its ``RPROVIDES`` list. |
| |
| As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the |
| variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an |
| example: |
| :: |
| |
| RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" |
| |
| :term:`RRECOMMENDS` |
| A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being |
| built. The package being built does not depend on this list of |
| packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for |
| extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see |
| the ``RDEPENDS`` variable. |
| |
| The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS`` |
| list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can |
| prevent listed packages from being installed by using the |
| :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`, |
| :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and |
| :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables. |
| |
| Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced. |
| However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, either |
| through the :term:`PACKAGES` or |
| :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the |
| :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur |
| during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not |
| produced, the build continues without error. |
| |
| Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built, |
| you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the |
| particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, |
| suppose you are building a development package that is extended to |
| support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the |
| following: |
| :: |
| |
| RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" |
| |
| In the |
| example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in |
| the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package |
| by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``. |
| |
| BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending |
| on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. |
| Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable: |
| :: |
| |
| RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| |
| For ``operator``, you can specify the following: |
| |
| - = |
| - < |
| - > |
| - <= |
| - >= |
| |
| For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or |
| greater of the package ``foo``: |
| :: |
| |
| RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| |
| :term:`RREPLACES` |
| A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses |
| this variable to determine which package should be installed to |
| replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the |
| other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of |
| the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable. |
| |
| As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable |
| in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" |
| |
| BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports |
| specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies |
| depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences |
| from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the |
| ``RREPLACES`` variable: |
| :: |
| |
| RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)" |
| |
| For ``operator``, you can specify the following: |
| |
| - = |
| - < |
| - > |
| - <= |
| - >= |
| |
| For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 |
| or greater of the package ``foo``: |
| :: |
| |
| RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" |
| |
| :term:`RSUGGESTS` |
| A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation |
| by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all |
| package managers support this functionality. |
| |
| As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this |
| variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an |
| example: |
| :: |
| |
| RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package" |
| |
| :term:`S` |
| The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where |
| unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is |
| ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``, |
| where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe |
| version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named |
| anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is |
| fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set |
| ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where |
| to find the unpacked source. |
| |
| As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` |
| top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at |
| ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system |
| uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following: |
| :: |
| |
| poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 |
| |
| The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder. |
| |
| This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git |
| repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different |
| from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the |
| source can be located: |
| :: |
| |
| SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" |
| S = "${WORKDIR}/git" |
| |
| :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES` |
| Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for |
| during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If |
| any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then |
| BitBake immediately exits with an error. |
| |
| :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` |
| A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has |
| been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID |
| followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or |
| as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with |
| explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is |
| not empty and the current value of |
| :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the |
| list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the |
| current host distribution has not been tested as a build host. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_ARCH` |
| The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly |
| set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` |
| The directory set up and used by the |
| :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which |
| the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines |
| ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" |
| |
| :term:`SDK_DIR` |
| The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when |
| creating SDK output. The |
| :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines |
| the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``SDK_DIR`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of |
| ``WORKDIR``. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` |
| Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the |
| extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the |
| required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value |
| "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure |
| :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the |
| artifacts to be fetched as needed. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST` |
| The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all |
| the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The |
| file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| packagename packagearch version |
| |
| The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class |
| defines the manifest file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" |
| |
| The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and |
| :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` |
| When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes |
| in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data |
| allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search |
| results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map |
| dependencies more effectively. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Enabling the ``SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`` |
| variable significantly increases build time because all of world |
| needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases |
| the size of the extensible SDK. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` |
| When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible |
| SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when |
| :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep |
| the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable |
| toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an |
| IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional |
| steps to install the toolchain. |
| |
| The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if |
| ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if |
| ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full". |
| |
| :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST` |
| A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` |
| value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The |
| :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the |
| default value: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" |
| |
| Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK |
| context. You can use this variable to disable those classes. |
| |
| For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's |
| configuration, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` |
| A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build |
| system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually, |
| these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the |
| build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic |
| within the extensible SDK. |
| |
| By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the |
| :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and |
| excludes the following variables: |
| |
| - :term:`CONF_VERSION` |
| - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` |
| - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` |
| - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` |
| - :term:`PRSERV_HOST` |
| - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR` |
| - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR` |
| - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` |
| |
| For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's |
| configuration, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST` |
| A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build |
| system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By |
| default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the |
| :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class. |
| |
| This list overrides the variables specified using the |
| :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` |
| variable as well as any variables identified by automatic |
| blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the |
| value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not |
| be valid on the system where the SDK is installed. |
| |
| For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's |
| configuration, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_NAME` |
| The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the |
| :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, |
| :term:`SDK_ARCH`, |
| :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and |
| :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" |
| |
| :term:`SDK_OS` |
| Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The |
| default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` |
| The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK |
| output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` |
| class defines the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" |
| SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" |
| SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``SDK_OUTPUT`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of |
| :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is |
| :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` |
| Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine. |
| This variable is set automatically and should not normally be |
| hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order |
| of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any |
| noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}". |
| |
| :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` |
| Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build |
| system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by |
| semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " |
| |
| If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you |
| can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by |
| the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the |
| :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_PREFIX` |
| The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The |
| OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the |
| :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building |
| ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-". |
| |
| :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` |
| A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default, |
| the following tasks are added: |
| |
| - do_populate_lic |
| - do_package_qa |
| - do_populate_sysroot |
| - do_deploy |
| |
| Despite the default value of "" for the |
| ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added |
| to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the |
| ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional |
| tasks that are needed in order to build |
| :term:`SDK_TARGETS`). |
| |
| :term:`SDK_SYS` |
| Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| system, for which the SDK will be built. |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| on :term:`SDK_ARCH`, |
| :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and |
| :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS`` |
| variable yourself. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST` |
| The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all |
| the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The |
| file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| packagename packagearch version |
| |
| The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class |
| defines the manifest file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" |
| |
| The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and |
| :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_TARGETS` |
| A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the |
| standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}" |
| (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built). |
| |
| The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically |
| would not be changed. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_TITLE` |
| The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default, |
| this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or |
| :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the |
| :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" |
| |
| For the default distribution "poky", |
| ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)". |
| |
| For information on how to change this default title, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL` |
| An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set, |
| the value is used as the default update server when running |
| ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_VENDOR` |
| Specifies the name of the SDK vendor. |
| |
| :term:`SDK_VERSION` |
| Specifies the version of the SDK. The distribution configuration file |
| (e.g. ``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) defines the |
| ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${DATE}','snapshot')}" |
| |
| For additional information, see the |
| :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and |
| :term:`DATE` variables. |
| |
| :term:`SDKEXTPATH` |
| The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By |
| default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` |
| variable and is set in the |
| :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" |
| |
| For the |
| default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk". |
| |
| For information on how to change this default directory, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the |
| Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. |
| |
| :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` |
| Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to |
| the SDK generated from an image using the following command: |
| :: |
| |
| $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename |
| |
| :term:`SDKMACHINE` |
| The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is |
| built such that it runs on the target you specify with the |
| ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf`` |
| file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``. |
| |
| You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable. |
| The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in |
| the Build Directory. |
| :: |
| |
| SDKMACHINE ?= "i686" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You cannot set the ``SDKMACHINE`` |
| variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the |
| configuration will not take affect. |
| |
| :term:`SDKPATH` |
| Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that |
| is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as |
| the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's |
| installation script. You can override the offered path when you run |
| the script. |
| |
| :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT` |
| The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK |
| as it will be when installed into the default |
| :term:`SDKPATH`. |
| |
| :term:`SECTION` |
| The section in which packages should be categorized. Package |
| management utilities can make use of this variable. |
| |
| :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` |
| Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when |
| building for the target. The flags are passed through the default |
| value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable. |
| |
| The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of |
| ``FULL_OPTIMIZATION`` unless ``DEBUG_BUILD`` = "1". If that is the |
| case, the value of ``DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`` is used. |
| |
| :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` |
| Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using |
| `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a |
| value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name |
| separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device: |
| :: |
| |
| SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` variable is deprecated. Please use the |
| :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable. |
| |
| :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` |
| Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using |
| `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a |
| value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name |
| separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices: |
| :: |
| |
| SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" |
| |
| :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` |
| Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in |
| :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against |
| ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable |
| allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was |
| listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in |
| ``/proc/console``, you would do the following: :: |
| |
| SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0" |
| |
| This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not |
| with systemd). |
| |
| :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS` |
| A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine |
| signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from |
| another recipe. For example: :: |
| |
| SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2" |
| |
| In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``. |
| |
| You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the |
| dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand |
| side. Here is an example: :: |
| |
| SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native" |
| |
| In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore |
| task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining |
| their task signatures. |
| |
| Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that |
| affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship, |
| the software might break during runtime if the interface of the |
| second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built. |
| |
| :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE` |
| A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change. |
| The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the |
| tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to |
| remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task |
| signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software |
| might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed |
| after the other had been built. |
| |
| :term:`SITEINFO_BITS` |
| Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value |
| should be either "32" or "64". |
| |
| :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS` |
| Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value |
| should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian. |
| |
| :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS` |
| Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM |
| package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing |
| prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``. |
| |
| To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your |
| ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your: |
| :term:`Build Directory`. |
| :: |
| |
| SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1" |
| |
| :term:`SOC_FAMILY` |
| Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On |
| Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that |
| you include in the configuration files of all the machines. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this |
| variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. |
| |
| :term:`SOLIBS` |
| Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform. |
| By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is |
| defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. |
| |
| You will see this variable referenced in the default values of |
| ``FILES_${PN}``. |
| |
| :term:`SOLIBSDEV` |
| Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for |
| shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is |
| ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the |
| ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. |
| |
| You will see this variable referenced in the default values of |
| ``FILES_${PN}-dev``. |
| |
| :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` |
| When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e. |
| creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in |
| your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all |
| recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is |
| compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered |
| incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or |
| both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` |
| variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables |
| specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current |
| machine or host. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Do not set the ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` |
| variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words, |
| do not set the variable during a normal build. |
| |
| :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL` |
| Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to |
| first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream |
| specified in :term:`SRC_URI`. |
| |
| To use this variable, you must globally inherit the |
| :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide |
| the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax: |
| :: |
| |
| INHERIT += "own-mirrors" |
| SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You can specify only a single URL in ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL``. |
| |
| :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` |
| Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in |
| ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP`` |
| mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file. |
| |
| For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE` |
| variable. |
| |
| :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` |
| A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded |
| build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list |
| specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such |
| as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable. |
| |
| :term:`SPL_BINARY` |
| The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices |
| use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development |
| board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL |
| binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the |
| U-Boot recipe. |
| |
| The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` |
| file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that |
| # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the |
| # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables |
| # to allow packaging the SPL. |
| SPL_BINARY ?= "" |
| SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}" |
| SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}" |
| SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}" |
| |
| The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form |
| various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system. |
| |
| See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide |
| for additional information. |
| |
| :term:`SRC_URI` |
| The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the |
| OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how |
| to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs |
| to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses |
| a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or |
| append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include |
| a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances |
| of the variable. |
| |
| The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI |
| protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher |
| submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL |
| parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see |
| the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`" section in the |
| BitBake User Manual. |
| |
| - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped |
| with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g. |
| :ref:`patch <overview-manual/concepts:patching>` files). |
| The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH` |
| variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the |
| following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of |
| the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file |
| (``.bbappend``) resides: |
| |
| - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix |
| or version numbers. |
| |
| - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and |
| version but without any special package name suffix. |
| |
| - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files`` |
| and is also alongside the recipe or append file. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If you want the build system to pick up files specified through |
| a |
| SRC_URI |
| statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend |
| the |
| FILESPATH |
| variable by also using the |
| FILESEXTRAPATHS |
| variable from within your append file. |
| |
| - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control |
| repository. |
| |
| - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control |
| repository. |
| |
| - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service) |
| revision control repository. |
| |
| - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository. |
| |
| - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository. |
| |
| - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``. |
| |
| - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``. |
| |
| - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``. |
| |
| - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control |
| repository. |
| |
| - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision |
| control repository. |
| |
| - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision |
| control repository. |
| |
| - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell. |
| |
| - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision |
| control repository. |
| |
| - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry. |
| |
| Standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI`` exist. Here are |
| standard options: |
| |
| - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default |
| action is to apply the patch. |
| |
| - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the |
| patch. The default level is 1. |
| |
| - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should |
| be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``. |
| |
| Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision |
| control system: |
| |
| - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if |
| :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than |
| ``mindate``. |
| |
| - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later |
| than ``maxdate``. |
| |
| - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or |
| greater than ``minrev``. |
| |
| - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later |
| than ``maxrev``. |
| |
| - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to |
| ``rev``. |
| |
| - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to |
| ``rev``. |
| |
| Here are some additional options worth mentioning: |
| |
| - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is |
| an archive. The default action is to unpack the file. |
| |
| - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into |
| the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when |
| the Git fetcher is used. |
| |
| - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the |
| specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``) |
| fetcher is used. |
| |
| - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into |
| the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is |
| used. |
| |
| - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the |
| tree when using the Git fetcher is used. |
| |
| - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with |
| ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one |
| file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example: |
| :: |
| |
| SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \ |
| git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \ |
| http://example.com/file.tar.gz;name=third" |
| |
| SRCREV_first = "f1d2d2f924e986ac86fdf7b36c94bcdf32beec15" |
| SRCREV_second = "e242ed3bffccdf271b7fbaf34ed72d089537b42f" |
| SRC_URI[third.sha256sum] = "13550350a8681c84c861aac2e5b440161c2b33a3e4f302ac680ca5b686de48de" |
| |
| |
| - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing |
| the downloaded file. |
| |
| :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH` |
| By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects |
| whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so, |
| the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this |
| variable to "0" disables this behavior. |
| |
| :term:`SRCDATE` |
| The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable |
| applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager |
| (SCM). |
| |
| :term:`SRCPV` |
| Returns the version string of the current package. This string is |
| used to help define the value of :term:`PV`. |
| |
| The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` |
| configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" |
| |
| Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the |
| ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) |
| located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory |
| defines ``PV`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" |
| |
| :term:`SRCREV` |
| The revision of the source code used to build the package. This |
| variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note |
| that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid |
| performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses |
| your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision |
| identifier and not just a tag. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision |
| of software using ``SRCREV``, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable |
| description and the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" |
| section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`SSTATE_DIR` |
| The directory for the shared state cache. |
| |
| :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` |
| If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in |
| :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when |
| fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to |
| "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if |
| you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for |
| your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching |
| from the network. |
| |
| :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` |
| Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror |
| locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the |
| data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS` |
| and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache |
| locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects. |
| |
| You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP |
| or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state |
| cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache |
| you point to can also be from builds on other machines. |
| |
| When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses |
| a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure |
| ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search |
| paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account |
| :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the |
| :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the |
| following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the |
| server-provided path server_url_sstate_path: |
| :: |
| |
| SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n" |
| |
| If a mirror uses the same structure as |
| :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the |
| end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the |
| correct path within the directory structure. |
| :: |
| |
| SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ |
| file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \ |
| file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH" |
| |
| :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` |
| Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for |
| hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated |
| list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters |
| allowed. |
| |
| During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state |
| (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots. |
| That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation |
| locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled |
| by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files |
| they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather |
| than the variable being comprehensively set. The |
| :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list |
| of files. |
| |
| For details on the process, see the |
| :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the build host. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_BINDIR` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS` |
| Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration |
| scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other |
| software that wants to make use of libraries or include files |
| provided by the software associated with the script. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by |
| ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the |
| library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use |
| ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the build host. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_DATADIR` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the build host. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR` |
| Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used |
| during packaging. |
| |
| For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs, |
| see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` |
| task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the |
| :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Recipes should never write files directly under the ``STAGING_DIR`` |
| directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the |
| directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to |
| ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install` |
| task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of |
| those files into the sysroot. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` |
| Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which |
| the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component). |
| For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies |
| files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the |
| ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on |
| the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can |
| have the following values: |
| |
| - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is |
| "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}". |
| |
| - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty |
| given the assumption that when building for the build host, the |
| build host's own directories should be used. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such |
| as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into |
| ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes, |
| standard build environment variables such as |
| :term:`CPPFLAGS` and |
| :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths |
| and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and |
| headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option. |
| |
| Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables |
| should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`, |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system |
| root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense |
| for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and |
| libraries. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building |
| components that run on the build host itself. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` |
| Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the |
| component generates code. For components that do not generate code, |
| which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match |
| :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. |
| |
| Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but |
| those binaries in turn generate code for another different system |
| (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the |
| primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or |
| different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries |
| run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET" |
| system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used |
| for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the |
| sysroot used for the "TARGET" system. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the build host. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_INCDIR` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the |
| sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being |
| built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the |
| sysroot directory for the build host. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` |
| Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts. |
| Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts |
| (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with |
| the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts |
| after the kernel has been built. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` |
| The directory with kernel headers that are required to build |
| out-of-tree modules. |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built |
| (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). |
| |
| :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE` |
| Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot |
| directory for the build host. |
| |
| :term:`STAMP` |
| Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path |
| to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and |
| then appending additional information. Currently, the default |
| assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` |
| file is: |
| :: |
| |
| STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" |
| |
| For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a |
| task should be rerun, see the |
| ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. |
| |
| See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`, |
| :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`, |
| :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`, |
| :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`STAMPS_DIR` |
| Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system |
| places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``. |
| |
| :term:`STRIP` |
| The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to |
| strip symbols. |
| |
| :term:`SUMMARY` |
| The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for |
| packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default, |
| ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the |
| :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is |
| not set in the recipe. |
| |
| :term:`SVNDIR` |
| The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are |
| stored. |
| |
| :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` |
| Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a |
| console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as |
| follows where "X" is the console number you want to use: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" |
| |
| The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets |
| this variable to null but then checks for a value later. |
| |
| :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS` |
| Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set |
| this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options, |
| separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``). |
| |
| The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable |
| to create a set of options. |
| |
| :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL` |
| Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off |
| serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The |
| variable's default value is set in the |
| :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" |
| |
| The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. |
| |
| :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` |
| Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The |
| variable's default value is set in the |
| :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" |
| |
| The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. |
| |
| :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH` |
| An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when |
| you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe. |
| |
| The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this |
| variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the |
| splash screen. |
| |
| :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR` |
| Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default |
| "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``") |
| where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. |
| |
| :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` |
| Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By |
| default, the following directories are staged: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ |
| ${includedir} \ |
| ${libdir} \ |
| ${base_libdir} \ |
| ${nonarch_base_libdir} \ |
| ${datadir} \ |
| " |
| |
| :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST` |
| Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You |
| can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of |
| directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from |
| staging. By default, the following directories are not staged: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ |
| ${mandir} \ |
| ${docdir} \ |
| ${infodir} \ |
| ${datadir}/locale \ |
| ${datadir}/applications \ |
| ${datadir}/fonts \ |
| ${datadir}/pixmaps \ |
| " |
| |
| :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE` |
| Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for |
| ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in |
| :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following |
| extra directories are staged: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ |
| ${bindir} \ |
| ${sbindir} \ |
| ${base_bindir} \ |
| ${base_sbindir} \ |
| ${libexecdir} \ |
| ${sysconfdir} \ |
| ${localstatedir} \ |
| " |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot |
| (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories |
| containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged. |
| |
| :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` |
| A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the |
| sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional |
| processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files. |
| |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, |
| this variable specifies whether the specified service in |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start |
| automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to |
| automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the |
| :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" |
| |
| You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable". |
| |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` |
| When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to |
| "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the |
| configuration file that should be used. By default, the |
| :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf" |
| |
| For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot |
| documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. |
| |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` |
| When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to |
| "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a |
| list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot |
| entry per file. By default, the |
| :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" |
| |
| For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot |
| documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. |
| |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` |
| When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to |
| "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the |
| boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the |
| :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the |
| ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" |
| |
| For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot |
| documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. |
| |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, |
| this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found |
| in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` |
| variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to |
| reside in the recipes main package: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" |
| |
| If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need |
| to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which |
| the build system can find the systemd unit files. |
| |
| :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, |
| this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package. |
| |
| When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name |
| override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is |
| an example from the connman recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" |
| |
| :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` |
| When using |
| :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`, |
| specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should |
| run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ |
| (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to |
| "0". |
| |
| The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only |
| run a getty on the first virtual terminal). |
| |
| :term:`T` |
| This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary |
| files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a |
| particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" |
| |
| The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which |
| BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf`` |
| file sets this variable. |
| |
| The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the |
| :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of |
| the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire |
| build. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_ARCH` |
| The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system |
| supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures |
| supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is |
| configurable: |
| |
| - arm |
| - i586 |
| - x86_64 |
| - powerpc |
| - powerpc64 |
| - mips |
| - mipsel |
| |
| For additional information on machine architectures, see the |
| :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` |
| Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target |
| system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake |
| configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``): |
| :: |
| |
| TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` |
| Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target |
| system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to |
| ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` in recipes that build software for the target that |
| would not otherwise respect the exported ``LDFLAGS`` variable. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` |
| This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application |
| Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for |
| cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not |
| compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`` |
| variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a |
| different configuration. See the |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the |
| :term:`Source Directory` for an example. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the |
| target. When building in the target context, |
| :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by |
| default. |
| |
| Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS`` |
| variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that |
| executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the |
| C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building |
| in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the |
| value of this variable by default. |
| |
| Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the |
| ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS`` |
| value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags |
| applied. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the |
| target. When building in the target context, |
| :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| by default. |
| |
| Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the |
| ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS`` |
| value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags |
| applied. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_FPU` |
| Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, |
| which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If |
| not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance |
| penalty. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` |
| Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. |
| ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from |
| :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake |
| configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``): |
| :: |
| |
| TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` |
| Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the |
| target. When building in the target context, |
| :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable |
| by default. |
| |
| Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the |
| :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the |
| ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also |
| have the flags applied. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_OS` |
| Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to |
| "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl" |
| for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and |
| "linux-musleabi" possible values exist. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` |
| Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools. |
| |
| Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, |
| ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows: |
| |
| - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is |
| "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-". |
| |
| - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the |
| value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``. |
| |
| - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the |
| variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``. |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_SYS` |
| Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating |
| system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the |
| current recipe. |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based |
| on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, |
| :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and |
| :term:`TARGET_OS` variables. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| You do not need to set the ``TARGET_SYS`` variable yourself. |
| |
| Consider these two examples: |
| |
| - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the |
| value is "i686-linux". |
| |
| - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target |
| running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". |
| |
| :term:`TARGET_VENDOR` |
| Specifies the name of the target vendor. |
| |
| :term:`TCLIBC` |
| Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during |
| the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no |
| longer supported. |
| |
| You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal" |
| |
| :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` |
| Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the |
| :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the |
| ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple |
| variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this |
| mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept |
| separate to avoid potential conflicts. |
| |
| In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of |
| ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky, |
| which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set |
| ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting |
| in no suffix being applied. |
| |
| :term:`TCMODE` |
| Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the |
| characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the |
| OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default, |
| the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The |
| variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal |
| toolchain. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| If ``TCMODE`` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your |
| responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the |
| default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these |
| components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for |
| the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which |
| the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go |
| to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>` |
| page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE |
| INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release. |
| |
| The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`, |
| which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``) |
| used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``. |
| |
| With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external |
| toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for |
| this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics |
| ``meta-sourcery`` layer at |
| https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/. |
| |
| The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the |
| Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must |
| be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of |
| the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable |
| in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed |
| the toolchain. |
| |
| The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external |
| toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding |
| support for other external toolchains. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` |
| The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when |
| the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set |
| to "1". |
| |
| The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to |
| ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` |
| Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you |
| do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a |
| manner that you to run them outside of the build system. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` |
| Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The |
| ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``), |
| which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD` |
| For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to |
| control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this |
| command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action |
| (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified |
| command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or |
| "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then |
| power on) the device, respectively. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` |
| For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to |
| pass through to the command specified in |
| :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting |
| ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you |
| wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and |
| non-machine-specific parts of the arguments. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT` |
| The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated |
| runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout |
| period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500 |
| seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf`` |
| file. |
| |
| For more information on testing images, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD` |
| For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to |
| connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This |
| command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward |
| that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal |
| program does. |
| |
| For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device |
| ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" |
| |
| :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` |
| For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to |
| pass through to the command specified in |
| :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting |
| ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you |
| wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and |
| non-machine-specific parts of the command. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` |
| The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address |
| is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this |
| variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. |
| where the build is taking place). |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| The ``TEST_SERVER_IP`` variable is only used for a small number of |
| tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages |
| from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_SUITES` |
| An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when |
| performing automated runtime testing. |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can |
| be used against images. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Currently, there is only support for running these tests under |
| QEMU. |
| |
| Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add |
| your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" |
| |
| Alternatively, you can |
| provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against |
| the image. |
| :: |
| |
| TEST_SUITES_append = " auto" |
| |
| Using this option causes the |
| build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the |
| image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped. |
| |
| The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on |
| another test must appear later in the list than the test on which |
| they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two |
| tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on |
| ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" |
| |
| For more information on testing images, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_TARGET` |
| Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a |
| test image. The default controller to use is "qemu": |
| :: |
| |
| TEST_TARGET = "qemu" |
| |
| A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets |
| deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend |
| the controllers by adding a module in the layer's |
| ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the |
| ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used |
| as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``. |
| |
| You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``: |
| |
| - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more |
| information. |
| |
| - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is |
| already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it |
| can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set |
| :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use |
| "simpleremote". |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| This argument is defined in |
| ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``. |
| |
| For information on running tests on hardware, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. |
| |
| :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` |
| The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP`` |
| variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is |
| set to "qemu". |
| |
| When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is |
| an example: |
| :: |
| |
| TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" |
| |
| Specifying a port is |
| useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when |
| your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not |
| directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address |
| translation. |
| |
| :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` |
| Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an |
| image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes |
| any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU. |
| Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for |
| which testing is requested is automatically built first. |
| |
| These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest`` |
| module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system |
| over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` |
| file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the |
| OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an |
| image successfully builds: |
| |
| TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1" |
| |
| For more information |
| on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the |
| ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section. |
| |
| :term:`THISDIR` |
| The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is |
| located. Do not manually set this variable. |
| |
| :term:`TIME` |
| The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute, |
| and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine |
| seconds past 1400 hours). |
| |
| :term:`TMPDIR` |
| This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system |
| uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the |
| shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to |
| ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`. |
| |
| If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the |
| default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the |
| ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`: |
| :: |
| |
| #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" |
| |
| An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk, |
| which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS. |
| |
| The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem |
| semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and |
| persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some |
| implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement. |
| Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS. |
| |
| :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` |
| This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when |
| building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The |
| packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set |
| that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each |
| package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, |
| consider the following command when building an SDK: |
| :: |
| |
| $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename |
| |
| In this case, a default list of packages is |
| set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the |
| list. See the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible |
| Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. |
| |
| For background information on cross-development toolchains in the |
| Yocto Project development environment, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For |
| information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the |
| :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. |
| |
| :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` |
| This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The |
| :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets |
| the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" |
| |
| See |
| the :term:`SDK_NAME` and |
| :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional |
| information. |
| |
| :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK` |
| This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when |
| it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the |
| target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this |
| variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs |
| on the target. See the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section |
| in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible |
| Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. |
| |
| For background information on cross-development toolchains in the |
| Yocto Project development environment, see the |
| ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For |
| information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the |
| :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. |
| |
| :term:`TOPDIR` |
| The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake |
| automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build |
| environment using :ref:`structure-core-script`. |
| |
| :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH` |
| A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This |
| variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where |
| underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In |
| this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in |
| ``TARGET_ARCH``. |
| |
| Do not edit this variable. |
| |
| :term:`TUNE_ARCH` |
| The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e. |
| ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses |
| this value to setup configuration. |
| |
| ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The |
| definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically |
| adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at |
| the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the |
| :term:`Source Directory` provides information for |
| ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture. |
| |
| ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to |
| :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target |
| machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file |
| (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" |
| |
| The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures |
| are configurable, shows supported machine architectures: |
| |
| - arm |
| - i586 |
| - x86_64 |
| - powerpc |
| - powerpc64 |
| - mips |
| - mipsel |
| |
| :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` |
| Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target |
| system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. |
| ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are |
| typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags |
| for the x86 architecture as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, |
| in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can |
| supply its own set of flags). |
| |
| :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` |
| Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target |
| system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. |
| ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are |
| typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, |
| in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can |
| supply its own set of flags). |
| |
| :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` |
| Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific |
| processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow |
| arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on |
| the features. |
| |
| The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they |
| are not conflicting and that they are supported. |
| |
| The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines |
| ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" |
| |
| See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information. |
| |
| :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` |
| Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. |
| The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. |
| ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are |
| typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced |
| through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags |
| for the x86 architecture as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, |
| in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can |
| supply its own set of flags). |
| |
| :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` |
| The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define |
| the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific |
| tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune" |
| |
| These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine |
| include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in |
| the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" |
| |
| :term:`TUNEABI` |
| An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular |
| tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt |
| libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``, |
| :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and |
| :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check |
| compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries. |
| |
| If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the |
| :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is |
| used. |
| |
| :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE` |
| If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the |
| :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable. |
| Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the |
| ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and |
| :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a |
| tuning against their selection of libraries. |
| |
| See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the |
| variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` |
| A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If |
| ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers |
| that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, |
| :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI`` |
| variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection |
| of libraries. |
| |
| See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the |
| variable is used. |
| |
| :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]` |
| Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features |
| that conflict with feature. |
| |
| Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in |
| the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from |
| the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file |
| that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" |
| feature: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" |
| |
| :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]` |
| Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning |
| feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features |
| are specified in the machine include files (e.g. |
| ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example |
| from that file: |
| :: |
| |
| TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." |
| |
| See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory` |
| for these features. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` |
| Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can |
| also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual |
| cases. |
| |
| Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. :: |
| |
| UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" |
| UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" |
| UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" |
| UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" |
| UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config" |
| |
| In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the |
| ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines |
| "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the |
| "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-Boot image. |
| |
| For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the |
| :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>` |
| class. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` |
| Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT |
| image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in |
| :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify |
| the load address to be used in |
| creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` |
| Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT |
| image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in |
| :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in |
| creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` |
| Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image |
| creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a |
| command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` |
| Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image |
| creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a |
| command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION` |
| Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot |
| image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built |
| was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be |
| "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement: |
| :: |
| |
| UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` |
| Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building |
| a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform |
| configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine |
| configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``). |
| |
| Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type" |
| section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET` |
| Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target |
| is "all". |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE` |
| Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the |
| :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble |
| the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper |
| script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage". |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` |
| Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' |
| feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class. |
| If ``UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not |
| pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN` |
| Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the |
| :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign |
| the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used |
| to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if |
| desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}". |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS` |
| Optionally specifies additional arguments for the |
| :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the |
| mkimage command when signing the FIT image. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` |
| Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image. |
| During FIT image creation, the |
| ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used |
| in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the |
| entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for |
| the FIT image. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` |
| Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image. |
| During FIT image creation, the |
| ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used |
| in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the |
| load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for |
| the FIT image. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE` |
| Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0". |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` |
| Location of the directory containing the RSA key and |
| certificate used for signing FIT image. |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` |
| The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in |
| :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt |
| certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have |
| :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev". |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX` |
| Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb`` |
| has a ``.sb`` extension. |
| |
| The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin`` |
| |
| :term:`UBOOT_TARGET` |
| Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed |
| directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do |
| not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process |
| passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building |
| process. |
| |
| :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` |
| Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script |
| as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the |
| :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid |
| configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g. |
| should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or |
| :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`). |
| However, common options, for example, exist that are passed to all |
| configure scripts at a class level that might not be valid for some |
| configure scripts. It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a |
| warning about these options. For these cases, the options are added |
| to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``. |
| |
| The configure arguments check that uses |
| ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the |
| :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the |
| recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class. |
| |
| :term:`UPDATERCPN` |
| For recipes inheriting the |
| :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN`` |
| specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled. |
| |
| The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that |
| install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe, |
| you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes. |
| |
| :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` |
| You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream |
| source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If |
| the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the |
| OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by |
| picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags. |
| |
| You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a |
| regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the |
| default filter not work correctly. |
| :: |
| |
| UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex" |
| |
| :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` |
| Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different |
| regular expression instead of the default one when the package |
| checking system is parsing the page found using |
| :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`. |
| :: |
| |
| UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex" |
| |
| :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` |
| You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream |
| source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If |
| the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is |
| determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and |
| attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work, |
| you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that |
| contains the link to the latest tarball. |
| :: |
| |
| UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url" |
| |
| :term:`USE_DEVFS` |
| Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The |
| default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is |
| specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a |
| statically populated ``/dev`` directory. |
| |
| See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in |
| the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to |
| use this variable. |
| |
| :term:`USE_VT` |
| When using |
| :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`, |
| determines whether or not to run a |
| `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any |
| virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those |
| terminals. |
| |
| The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is |
| specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the |
| machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical |
| display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal |
| functionality. |
| |
| :term:`USER_CLASSES` |
| A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g. |
| ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth). |
| |
| The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" |
| |
| For more information, see |
| ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. |
| |
| :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` |
| If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce |
| an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group |
| identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files |
| listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and |
| :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to |
| ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead. |
| |
| The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply |
| ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the |
| ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan |
| on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should |
| set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf`` |
| file as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" |
| |
| Overriding the |
| default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set |
| static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the |
| :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`, |
| :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and |
| :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| There is a difference in behavior between setting |
| ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``. |
| When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for |
| every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set |
| to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually |
| built. |
| This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you |
| know will never be built. |
| |
| :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` |
| Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group |
| identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system |
| adds a group to the system during package installation. |
| |
| When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the |
| OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a |
| ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the |
| variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| |
| USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" |
| causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values. |
| |
| :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe |
| that require users and/or groups to be added. |
| |
| You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For |
| example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in |
| a recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| It follows that if you are going to use the ``USERADD_PACKAGES`` |
| variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`, |
| :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables. |
| |
| :term:`USERADD_PARAM` |
| When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, |
| this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to |
| the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the |
| package is installed. |
| |
| Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe: |
| :: |
| |
| USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ |
| --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ |
| --user-group messagebus" |
| |
| For information on the |
| standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see |
| https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd. |
| |
| :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` |
| Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user |
| identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system |
| adds a user to the system during package installation. |
| |
| When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the |
| OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a |
| ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the |
| variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file: |
| :: |
| |
| USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" |
| causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values. |
| |
| :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` |
| When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system |
| to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and |
| ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`. |
| |
| To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification |
| (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` |
| file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids" |
| |
| .. note:: |
| |
| Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` |
| values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the |
| :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class. |
| |
| If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also |
| specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the |
| :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and |
| :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. |
| Additionally, you should also set the |
| :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable. |
| |
| :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` |
| Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory, |
| which is used to house postinstall target log files. |
| |
| By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the |
| file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the |
| variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent. |
| |
| :term:`WARN_QA` |
| Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as |
| warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in |
| your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you |
| can control with this variable, see the |
| ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section. |
| |
| :term:`WKS_FILE` |
| Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the |
| OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image |
| (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned |
| image, see the |
| ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" |
| section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on |
| the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter. |
| |
| :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` |
| When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists |
| build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only |
| applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when |
| :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related |
| to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has |
| no effect. |
| |
| The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the |
| :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in |
| your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the |
| ``WIC_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable. |
| |
| With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to |
| specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, |
| bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. |
| Following is an example: |
| :: |
| |
| WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" |
| |
| In the |
| previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual |
| native tool on which the build would depend. |
| |
| :term:`WORKDIR` |
| The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build |
| system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the |
| :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to |
| the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. |
| |
| The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows: |
| :: |
| |
| ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} |
| |
| The actual directory depends on several things: |
| |
| - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory |
| - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier |
| - :term:`PN`: The recipe name |
| - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which |
| is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank) |
| - :term:`PV`: The recipe version |
| - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision |
| |
| As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name |
| ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a |
| ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose |
| your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work |
| directory the build system uses to build the package would be as |
| follows: |
| :: |
| |
| poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 |
| |
| :term:`XSERVER` |
| Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X |
| server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image |
| directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps |
| indirectly, includes "x11-base" in |
| :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. |
| |
| The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine |
| configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev". |
| |